Sharp MX-M363N MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual
Sharp MX-M363N Manual
 |
View all Sharp MX-M363N manuals
Add to My Manuals
Save this manual to your list of manuals |
Sharp MX-M363N manual content summary:
- Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 1
do MAKE A COPY PRINT A DOCUMENT SEND A FAX SCAN AN IMAGE / SEND AN INTERNET FAX SAVE A JOB AND REUSE IT LATER MAINTAIN THE MACHINE Search using the table of contents BEFORE USING THE MACHINE COPIER PRINTER FACSIMILE SCANNER / INTERNET FAX DOCUMENT FILING SYSTEM SETTINGS TROUBLESHOOTING About - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 2
MAKE A COPY Conserve Reduce copy mistakes Make a copy of this type of original Make a copy on this type of paper 2010/04/04 Add the date or page numbers Assemble output into a pamphlet Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 3
Conserve Copy on both sides of the paper Copy on the front and back of a card Copy multiple pages on one side of one sheet of paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 4
Reduce copy mistakes Print one set of copies for proofing Check the number of scanned pages before making copies - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 5
Make a copy of this type of original More original pages than can be loaded at once Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) Book or pamphlet (make facing page copies) Mixed-size originals Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 6
Make a copy on this type of paper Envelopes and other special media Tab Paper 11" x 17" paper Transparency film - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 7
Add the date or page numbers 2010/04/04 Add the date 9 10 11 Add the page number Add a stamp ABCDEFG Add text - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 8
Assemble output into a pamphlet Create a stapled pamphlet Create a blank margin for punching Fold output in half Staple output Punch holes in output - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 9
functions Functions used for specific purposes z Make a copy of arranged photos z Create a large poster z Make a mirror-image copy z Copy onto the center of the paper z Make a negative copy Convenient functions z Use two machines simultaneously z Give priority to a copy job z Check the status - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 10
PRINT A DOCUMENT Conserve Print without a computer Print attractive output Assemble output into a pamphlet Print on this type of paper Add text or an image Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 11
Conserve Print on both sides of the paper Print multiple pages on one side of the paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 12
Print without a computer FTP Print a file on an FTP Print a file in a network folder Print a file in a USB memory device Print a file stored in the machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 13
Print attractive output Print matching the size of the paper Bring out faint text and lines Adjust the brightness and contrast - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 14
Assemble output into a pamphlet Create a stapled pamphlet Create a blank margin for punching Print specific pages on the front side of the paper Staple output Punch holes in output - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 15
Print on this type of paper Envelopes Transparency film Rotate the image 180 degrees Tab Paper Print specific pages on different paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 16
Add text or an image Add a watermark to print data Overlay a fixed form on the print data Overlay an image on the print data - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 17
image Security is important z Print confidentially z Print an encrypted PDF file Functions used for specific purposes z Print an "invoice copy" z Create a large poster Convenient functions z Give priority to a print job z Use two machines simultaneously z Store frequently used print settings z Store - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 18
SEND A FAX Conserve Send this type of document Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Send a clear document Save trouble Security is important Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 19
Conserve Send when the rate is lowest Send two original pages as a single page Check received data before printing Relay a transmission through a branch office - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 20
Send this type of document Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) More original pages than can be loaded at once Original printed on both sides Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Mixed-size originals ID card or other card - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 21
Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Check the destination once more before sending Check the log of previous transmissions Check the result of transmission Stamp scanned original pages - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 22
Send a clear document Adjust the exposure Specify the size before sending Adjust the image quality Send without shadows at the edges - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 23
Save trouble Store frequently used settings 1 2 3 XXXX-6789 XXXX-9874 XXXX-4567 XXXX-5432 XXXX-9999 View the transmission log Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Send to multiple destinations XXXX-6789 XXXX-9874 XXXX-4567 XXXX-5432 XXXX-9999 Easily specify an address ( - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 24
Security is important Check the destination once more before sending Print protected reception data Send a document at the other machine's request Send confidentially Initiate reception of a document from a sending machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 25
Other convenient functions Convenient management functions z Forward a received fax to a network address z Print a list of addresses Convenient functions z Send a thin original z Select a transmission destination from a global address book z Give priority to a transmission z Use an extension phone - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 26
SCAN AN IMAGE / SEND AN INTERNET FAX Send a clear image Send this type of document Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Send a smaller file Save trouble Scan from my computer Other convenient functions - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 27
Send a clear image Adjust the contrast or image quality Send without shadows at the edges Adjust the resolution before sending Suppress the background of a transmitted document - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 28
Send this type of document Bulky original (shadows appear at edges) More original pages than can be loaded at once Original printed on both sides Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) Mixed-size originals Original with background - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 29
Prevent transmission to the wrong destination Check the result of transmission Stamp scanned original pages Check the log of previous transmissions - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 30
Send a smaller file Send at low resolution Reduce an image before sending Send two original pages as a single page Compress a file before sending Send an image in black & white ID or other card - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 31
.co View the transmission log [email protected] [email protected] Send an Internet fax from a computer Send to multiple destinations [email protected] [email protected]. [email protected] [email protected]. [email protected] Easily specify an address (search number) Bound original such as a book (one page at a time) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 32
functions z Forward a received fax to a network address z Print a list of transmission destinations Convenient functions z Scan a thin original z Select a transmission destination from a global address book z Send at a specified time z Give priority to a transmission z Send in USB memory mode - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 33
SAVE A JOB AND REUSE IT LATER Search for a file Organize my files Save an important document Print a batch of files - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 34
Search for a file abc Search for a file using a keyword Search by checking the contents of files - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 35
Organize my files Delete a file Periodically delete files Delete all files Change the folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 36
MAINTAIN THE MACHINE Clean the machine Replace a toner cartridge Replace the staple cartridge Replace the stamp cartridge Replace the toner collection container Dispose of punch waste - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 37
Clean the machine Clean the document glass and automatic document feeder Clean the bypass feed roller Clean the original feed roller - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 38
are two ways to search for a topic in this guide: you can use an "I want to..." menu, or you can use a regular table of contents. The following explanation assumes that Adobe Reader 8.0 is being used (Some buttons do not appear in the default state.). Return to top page ( ) Return to previously - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 39
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Click a button below to move to the page that you wish to view. (1) (2) (3) . For example, if the current page is a page in the body of the printer chapter, this button shows the contents of the printer chapter. • If a button does not appear, refer to Adobe Reader Help to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 40
in the machine. The procedure for downloading the manuals is explained in "Downloading the Operation Guide" in the Quick Start Guide. 1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE This chapter provides information, such as basic operation procedures, how to load paper, and machine maintenance. 2. COPIER This chapter - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 41
ABOUT OPERATION MANUAL This manual explains how to use the MX-M283N/MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N digital multifunctional system. Please note • For information on installing the drivers and software cited in this manual, please refer to the Software Setup Guide. • For information on your operating - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 42
OFF 1-15 • ENERGY SAVE FUNCTIONS 1-16 • [POWER SAVE] KEY 1-16 USER AUTHENTICATION 1-17 • AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER. . . . . 1-17 • AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME / PASSWORD 1-19 HOME SCREEN 1-22 REMOTE OPERATION OF THE MACHINE. . . . . . 1-23 ITEMS RECORDED IN THE JOB LOG 1-24 LOADING PAPER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 43
MAINTENANCE REGULAR MAINTENANCE 1-60 • CLEANING THE DOCUMENT GLASS AND AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER . . . 1-60 • CLEANING THE BYPASS FEED ROLLER . . . 1-62 • CLEANING THE ORIGINAL FEED ROLLER 1-62 REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES 1-63 REPLACING THE TONER COLLECTION CONTAINER 1-66 REPLACING THE STAMP - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 44
2-sided originals can be automatically scanned. ☞ PLACING THE ORIGINAL (page 1-38) (2) Front cover Open this cover to switch the main power switch to "On" or "Off" or to replace a toner cartridge. ☞ TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF (page 1-15) ☞ REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES (page 1-63) (3) Paper pass - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 45
(11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (8) Punch module* This is used to punch holes in output. Requires a finisher (large stacker). ☞ PUNCH MODULE (page 1-54) (9) USB connector (A type) Supports USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed). This is used to connect a USB device such as USB memory to the machine. For the USB - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 46
tray to feed paper manually. When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11"R or A4R, be TONER COLLECTION CONTAINER (page 1-66) Your service technician will collect the toner collection container. (25) Handle Pull this out and grasp it when moving the machine. (26) Right cover of stand/1 x 500 sheet - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 47
THE ORIGINAL (page 1-38) (5) Original exit tray Originals are delivered to this tray after scanning. (8) (6) Scanning area Originals placed in the document feeder tray are scanned here. ☞ REGULAR MAINTENANCE (page 1-60) (7) Original size detector This detects the size of an original placed on - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 48
connector when the machine is used on a network. For the LAN cable, use a shielded type cable. (3) USB connector (B type ) Supports USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed). A computer can be connected to this connector to use the machine as a printer. For the USB cable, use a shielded cable. (4) Service-only connector - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 49
up during transmission or reception of a fax or Internet fax. This also lights during transmission of an image in scan mode. • DATA indicator This blinks when a received fax or Internet fax cannot be printed because of a problem such as out of paper. This lights up when there is a transmission job - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 50
MACHINE (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (9) [START] key Press this key to copy or scan an original. This key is also used to send a fax in fax turn the machine power on and off. ☞ TURNING THE POWER ON AND OFF (page 1-15) (16) Main power indicator This lights up when the machine's main - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 51
THE MACHINE TOUCH PANEL Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / state of a key in a screen is highlighted, the key is selected. To change the selection, touch one of the other keys to highlight that key. (2) The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 52
selected, the key appears in the base screen. Example 5 Copy Ratio OK 100 25% % 200% 2 50% Zoom keys. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Function Review Margin Shift Shift:Right in this manual is a descriptive image. The actual screen is slightly different. System Settings (Administrator): Keys - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 53
can only be manipulated in the job status screen. For details, see the chapters for each of the functions in this manual. (2) (3) (3) "MFP Status" display This shows machine system information. "Maintenance Information" This shows machine maintenance information by means of codes. 1-12 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 54
icons are as follows. Print job Copy job Scan to E-mail job Scan to FTP job Scan to Network Folder job Scan to Desktop job Fax transmission job Fax reception job PC-Fax transmission job Internet fax transmission job (Including Direct SMTP) Internet Fax reception job (Including Direct SMTP - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 55
appears when the data security kit is being used. This appears while the remote operation function is used. The icon appears when the machine is communicating with an external application. (3) Brightness adjustment key Touch this key to adjust the brightness of the touch panel. When touched, the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 56
switch is switched on, the main power indicator on the operation panel lights up. [POWER] key Main power indicator "On" position "Off" you suspect a machine failure, if there is a bad thunderstorm nearby, or when you are moving the machine. When using the fax or Internet fax function, always - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 57
more power is saved than in preheat mode, however, the wakeup time is longer. This mode can be disabled in the system settings (administrator). The machine automatically wakes up and resumes normal operation when a print job is received or when the blinking [POWER SAVE] key ( ) is pressed. [POWER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 58
below) ☞ AUTHENTICATION BY LOGIN NAME / PASSWORD (page 1-19) AUTHENTICATION BY USER NUMBER The following procedure is used to log in using a user number received from the administrator of the machine. User Authentication OK Admin Login When controlled by user number Enter your user number (5 to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 59
: 87,654,321/12,345,678 Admin Login 2 When page limits have been set in "Pages Limit Group List" in the system settings (administrator), the number of pages remaining will appear. (The remaining number of pages that the user can use in each mode (copy, scan, etc.) appears.) The amount of time - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 60
is used to log in using a login name and password received from the administrator of the machine or the administrator of the LDAP server. User Authentication OK Login Name User Name Password Auth to: Login Locally When controlled by login name and password (Different items will appear in the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 61
USING THE MACHINE User Authentication Login Name User Name Password User 0001 Auth to: Login Locally OK Touch the [Password] key. A text entry screen for entering the password will appear. Enter your password that is stored in "User List" in the system settings (administrator). If you - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 62
. Verify the login name and password that you should use with the administrator of the machine. • The administrator can clear the locked state. This is done from [User Control] and then [Default Settings] in the Web page menu. • When LDAP authentication is used, the [E-mail Address] key may appear - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 63
Document Filing Control Address Control Paper Tray Settings App 01 App 02 App 03 App 04 My Menu 04/04/2010 11:40 (4) (5) (6) (7) (1) Mode select keys Use these keys to switch between copy, image send, document filing, and Sharp OSA modes. Key names and images can be changed. (1st screen - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 64
Operation" of "Remote Operation Settings" in the system settings (administrator). ☞ 7. SYSTEM SETTINGS "Remote Operation Settings" (page 7-64) To use the remote operation function, the machine must be connected to a network and a VNC application must be installed on your computer (recommended - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 65
differently configured machines, the items 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Item copy or print. Computer Name The name of the computer that sent a print job.* User Name The user name when the user authentication function is used. Login Name The login name when the user For a scan to HDD - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 66
Staple The status of stapling. 21 Staple Count The staple count. 22 Punch Count The punch count. 23 Fold Recorded in a job that uses the fold function. 24 Fold Count Number of folded pages. 25 Printer Tone The tone used for a print job. 26 Image Send Related Direct Address Fax user. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 67
Paper Property: Disable Duplex Paper Property: Fixed Paper Side Paper Property: Disable Staple Paper Property: Disable Punch Duplex Setup Resolution Model Name Unit Serial Number Name Machine Location Description Size of scanned original. For a document filing print job, the paper size of the file - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 68
MACHINE a stand/1 x 500 sheet paper drawer or a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) Tray 4 (when a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) indication. 8-½" x 11"R (A4R) Horizontal orientation "R" is appended. 8-½" x 11" (A4) Vertical orientation "R" is not appended. 11" x 17" (A3 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 69
the sizes and types of paper that can be loaded in each tray of the machine, see the specifications in the Safety Guide and "Paper Tray Settings" (page 7-13) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS". Plain paper, special media Plain paper that can be used • SHARP standard plain paper (21 lbs. (80 g/m2)). For paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 70
the system settings (administrator), load the Special media for inkjet printers (fine paper, glossy • Stapled paper • Damp paper machine. Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department for advice on using these types of paper. • The image quality and toner fusibility of paper may change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 71
USING THE MACHINE TRAY SETTINGS FOR TRAY 1 TO 4 LOADING PAPER AND CHANGING THE PAPER SIZE A maximum of 500 sheets of paper from size 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"R to size 11" x 17" (A5R to A3) can be loaded in trays 1 and 2. A maximum of 500 sheets of paper from size 7-1/4" x 10-1/2"R to size 11" x 17" (B5R - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 72
Gently push the paper tray into the machine. Push the tray firmly all the way into the machine. 5 If you loaded a different type or size of paper than was loaded previously, be sure to change the "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. If these settings are not configured correctly, automatic - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 73
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE TRAY SETTINGS OF TRAY 5 (LARGE CAPACITY TRAY) LOADING PAPER The large capacity tray can hold up to 3500 sheets of 8-1/2" x 11" or A4 size paper (20 lbs. (80 g/m2)). The paper size of tray 5 can only be changed by a SHARP service technician. If you need to change the paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 74
Gently push the paper tray into the machine. Push the tray firmly all the way into the machine. 4 If you loaded a different type of paper than was loaded previously, be sure to change the paper type setting in "Paper Tray Settings" in the system settings. Do not place heavy objects on the tray - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 75
sheets of paper can be loaded (up to 40 sheets of heavy paper) for continuous printing similar to the other trays. Open the bypass tray. When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11 Set the bypass tray guides to the width of the paper. 2 Insert the paper along the bypass tray guides all the way into - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 76
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE IMPORTANT POINTS WHEN USING THE BYPASS TRAY • When using plain paper other than SHARP standard paper or special media other than SHARP-recommended transparency film, or when printing on the reverse side of previously used paper, the paper must be loaded one sheet at a time. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 77
toner fusing, or machine failure. Restrictions apply to some types of envelopes. For more information, consult a qualified service quality is not guaranteed on parts of envelopes where there is a large step-like change of thickness, such as on four-layer parts or parts less than three layers. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 78
MACHINE Fusing unit pressure adjusting levers In some cases damage to the envelopes or smudging may occur even if envelopes within the specifications are used. This problem position" before printing or copying on paper other than envelopes. Otherwise, fusing problems, paper misfeeds, or equipment failure - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 79
explanation below for the mode you are using. ☞ 2. COPIER "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" (page 2-27) ☞ 4. FACSIMILE "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 4-45) ☞ 5. SCANNER / INTERNET FAX "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 5-53) Allowed original weights MX-M363N/M453N/M503N 1-sided copying: 9 lbs. to 34 lbs. (35 g/m2 to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 80
a number of originals that does not exceed the indicator line on the document feeder tray. Up to 100 sheets can be inserted. Be sure to remove originals that have been finished scanning from the original exit tray. • Originals of different sizes can be placed together in the automatic document - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 81
using. ☞ 2. COPIER "SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE" (page 2-27) ☞ 4. FACSIMILE "IMAGE SETTINGS" (page 4-45) ☞ 5. SCANNER / INTERNET FAX "IMAGE SETTINGS" size original on the document glass, it is convenient to place a blank sheet of 8-1/2" x 11" or 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A4 or B5) paper on top of the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 82
MACHINE Close the automatic document feeder. After placing the original, be sure to close the automatic document feeder. If left open, parts outside of the original will be copied black, causing excessive use of toner. 3 Placing a thick book When scanning problem, use the erase function. ☞ 2. COPIER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 83
PNX5B Punches holes in copies and other output. Requires a saddle stitch finisher. Barcode font kit AR-PF1 Adds barcode fonts to the machine. PS3 expansion kit MX-PKX1 Enables the machine to be used as a Postscript compatible printer. XPS expansion kit MX-PUX1 The machine can be used as an - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 84
Fax. Adds a fax function. The application integration module can be combined with the network scanner function to append a metadata file to a scanned image file. This is required to use an external account application on the machine. A scanned document can be saved in Compact PDF format. Compact PDF - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 85
a saddle stitch finisher. • Use caution when you turn on the power and when printing is taking place, as the tray may move up and down. SUPPLIES The finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x 3 cartridges) MX-SCX1 1-44 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 86
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the staple cartridge Open the cover. 1 While pressing the lever over to the left, slide - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 87
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Slide the finisher back to the right. Gently slide the finisher back to the right until it locks into its original position. 7 Close the cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 88
output tray may move up and down. • A finisher (large stacker) cannot be installed simultaneously with a saddle stitch finisher or a finisher. SUPPLIES The finisher (large stacker) require the following staple cartridge: Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples x 3 cartridges) AR-SC2 1-47 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 89
USING THE MACHINE FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the cartridge Open the front cover. 1 Squeeze the green parts of the staple case - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 90
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Pull the seal that holds the staples straight out. 5 Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Close the front cover. 7 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 1-49 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 91
large stacker) or a finisher. SUPPLIES The saddle stitch finisher requires the following staple cartridge: Finisher unit Saddle stitch unit Staple cartridge (approx. 5000 staples per cartridge x 3 Staple cartridge (approx. 2000 staples per cartridge x 3 cartridges) MX-SCX1 cartridges) AR-SC3 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 92
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE SADDLE STITCH FINISHER MAINTENANCE When the staple cartridge runs out of staples, a message will appear in the operation panel. Follow the procedure below to replace the staple cartridge. Replacing the staple cartridge (finisher unit) Open the front cover. 1 While pulling - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 93
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Push the saddle stitch finisher back and latch it to the machine. 7 Close the front cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 1-52 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 94
removed output in the output tray. Open the side cover. 1 Remove the empty staple cartridge. 2 Load the new staple cartridge. Remove the cover from the staple cartridge and install the cartridge. 3 Close the side cover. 4 Make a test print or copy using the saddle stitch function to verify that - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 95
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE PUNCH MODULE A punch module can be installed to punch holes in output. To install a punch module, a finisher or saddle stitch finisher is required. DISCARDING PUNCH WASTE Punch waste from punched holes is collected in the punch waste box. Follow the steps below to discard - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 96
Finisher (large stacker) 1 2 BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Open the front cover of the punch module. Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 97
Saddle stitch finisher 1 2 3 4 BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Open the front cover. Pull out the punch waste box and discard the punch waste. Discard the punch waste in a plastic bag or other container, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 98
is performed by the standard application, and Scan to FTP, Scan to Network Folder, and HTTPS transmission can be executed. Standard application setup To enable a general application in the Web pages of the machine, click [Application Settings] in the administrator menu frame, and then [External - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 99
scanning. EXTERNAL ACCOUNT MODULE (MX-AMX3) The external account module is required to use a "external account application" on the machine. An external account application can be used in "external authentication mode" or "external count mode". When external authentication mode is used, the login - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 100
is enabled in "External Account Setting" of "Sharp OSA Settings" in the system settings (administrator), the machine enters external count mode. Unlike external authentication mode, when the machine is started in "external count mode", the login screen of the external account application is not - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 101
machine and replace the toner cartridges and the toner collection container. REGULAR MAINTENANCE To ensure that the machine continues to provide top quality performance, periodically clean the machine or document backplate sheet becomes dirty, the dirt will appear in the scanned image. Always keep - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 102
Open the document feeder cover. (2) Open the document feeder tray. (3) Clean the scanning area in the automatic document feeder. (4) Close the document feeder tray. (4) (5) Close the document feeder cover. On the MX-M283N, this cleaning is not necessary. Replace the glass cleaner. 4 1-61 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 103
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE CLEANING THE BYPASS FEED ROLLER If paper misfeeds frequently occur water or a neutral detergent. CLEANING THE ORIGINAL FEED ROLLER If lines or other dirt appear on the scanned original when the automatic document feeder is used, wipe the surface of the roller with a clean - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 104
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE REPLACING THE TONER CARTRIDGES Be sure to replace the toner cartridge when the message "Change the toner cartridge." appears. In copy mode Ready to scan for copy. Ready to scan for copy. (Prepare a new one.) Ready to scan for copy. (Toner supply is low.) When the message - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 105
cartridge with both hands as shown and pull it out of the machine. Remove the new toner cartridge from its packaging and shake it 5 or 6 times as 3 shown. Insert the new toner cartridge horizontally. 4 Push the cartridge in until it locks securely in place. 5 Push the cartridge firmly in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 106
damage to the machine. Be sure to use a SHARP-recommended toner cartridge. • Keep the used toner cartridge in a plastic bag (do not discard it). Your service technician will collect the used toner cartridge. • To view the approximate amount of toner remaining, continually touch the [COPY] key during - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 107
as shown and tilt it forward until it stops. 2 (2) Slowly lift the toner collection container up. Place the box on a flat surface. Place a sheet of newspaper on the surface before placing the box. 3 Do not point the holes down as used toner will spill out. Remove the provided cap from the side of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 108
keep it until your service technician comes to perform maintenance. Your service technician will collect the toner collection container. Install the new toner collection container. 6 Insert the box from above at a slant. Push the toner collection container into the machine. 7 Push the box in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 109
the stamp has become faint, replace the stamp cartridge (AR-SV1). Supplies Stamp cartridge (2 in package) AR-SV1 Open the automatic document feeder. 1 Open the holders on the automatic document feeder that hold the original pressure sheet. 2 Open the holders (two) on the left and right sides - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 110
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE Install a new stamp cartridge. 5 Push the stamp unit back in. Push the stamp unit in until it clicks into place. 6 Replace the original pressure sheet. Push the holders in until they click into place. 7 Close the automatic document feeder. 8 1-69 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 111
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE ENTERING TEXT This section explains the text entry screen. FUNCTIONS OF THE MAIN KEYS Key Caps Shift Enter Other Language Space AltGr Characters Symbols Pre-Set Select Description This changes the text entry screen from the lower case screen to the upper case screen. The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 112
selected vary depending on the language selected in "MFP Display Language Setting" in the system settings (administrator). • The following symbols cannot be used when entering a file name or folder name Some computer environments may not allow the use of spaces and the symbols indicated below. For - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 113
of the procedures for using the copy function. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A COPIER BASE SCREEN OF COPY MODE 2-3 COPYING SEQUENCE 2-6 ORIGINALS 2-9 • CHECKING THE ORIGINAL SIZE 2-9 PAPER TRAYS 2-11 BASIC PROCEDURE FOR MAKING COPIES MAKING COPIES 2-12 • USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 114
113 • REVERSING WHITE AND BLACK IN A COPY (B/W Reverse 2-115 ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (Sharpness 2-117 CHECKING COPIES BEFORE PRINTING (Proof Copy 2-118 CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE COPYING (Original Count 2-121 COPYING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 115
the machine as a copier. BASE SCREEN OF COPY MODE Touch the [COPY] key in the touch panel to open the base screen of copy mode. The base screen shows messages and keys necessary for copying, and settings that have been selected. (7) (8) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND Ready to scan for copy. DOCUMENT - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 116
2-11) (9) Number of copies display This shows the number of copies set staple sort, saddle stitch, punch, or fold. ☞ OUTPUT (page 2-31) COPIER (13) Customized keys The keys that appear here can be changed to show settings or functions that you prefer. The following keys appear by factory default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 117
2-Sided Copy Output Erase Margin Shift Mirror Image Preview These 3 keys can be changed as desired. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Special Modes 2-Sided Copy Output File Quick File Preview Function Review Margin Shift Shift:Right Front:1/2inch/Back:1/2inch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 118
IMAGE TYPE (page 2-21) • Copy ratio ☞REDUCTION/ENLARGEMENT/ZOOM (page 2-23) • Original size ☞ORIGINAL SIZES (page 2-27) • Paper Settings ☞PAPER TRAYS (page 2-11) Preview 2-Sided Copy 2-sided copy settings Select settings as needed for 2-sided copying and 2-sided OK scanning of the original - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 119
MODES (page 2-41) Dual Page Copy 1 Tandem 2 Copy Multi Shot Card Shot Plain 8½ 11 Number of copies (sets) setting Set the number of copies (number of sets). 7 Special Modes 2-Sided Copy Start copying. Start scanning the original(s) and making copies. Press the [START] key. 2-7 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 120
COPIER • When one or more special modes are selected, the key appears is pressed, all settings selected to that point are cleared and you will return to the base screen. To stop scanning of the original and copying, press the [STOP] key ( ). When the [STOP] key ( ) is pressed, a message will appear - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 121
of the original. (A) (B) Standard sizes Standard sizes are sizes that the machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch-1". List of original size detector settings - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 122
USING THE MACHINE". [Example 1] Document feeder tray abc Place the originals with the corners aligned here. Document glass abc [Example 2] Document feeder tray Place the originals with the corners aligned here. Document glass abc abc Automatic copy image rotation (Rotation Copy) If the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 123
and the copy job will continue. To return to automatic paper tray selection after selecting a tray manually, press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (Paper Tray) Use this setting to change the tray that is selected by default. 2-11 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 124
2-11) Quick File 2 Copy Ratio Original Paper Select 100% Auto 8½x11 Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview Depending on the size of the placed original, there may be cases where the same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. 2-12 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 125
COPIER 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 3 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 126
2-11) Quick File 2 Copy Ratio Original Paper Select 100% Auto 8½x11 Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview Depending on the size of the placed original, there may be cases where the same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. 2-14 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 127
COPIER 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 3 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the number of copies. If an incorrect number of copies is set... Press the [CLEAR] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 128
COPIER AUTOMATIC 2-SIDED COPYING USING THE AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER TO MAKE 2-SIDED COPIES Originals Copies Originals Copies Originals Copies Automatic 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals Automatic 2-sided copying of 2-sided originals 1-sided copying of 2-sided originals Indicator line - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 129
same size of paper as the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 5 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • If you are only making a single - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 130
Originals Copies COPIER Automatic 2-sided copying mark 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A5) B5R 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) 1 B5 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 11" x 17" (A3) • Align the parts outside of the original will be copied black, causing excessive use of toner. Do not place any objects under the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 131
the original is not selected automatically. In this event, change the paper size manually. 7 Special Modes Set the number of copies (number of sets) with the numeric keys. 2-Sided Copy Plain 5 8½ 11 • Up to 999 copies (sets) can be set. • A single copy can be made even if "0" appears for the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 132
COPIER Place next original. Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. Read-End 8 To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (2-Sided Copy) The default 2-sided copy mode can be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 133
COPIER CHANGING THE EXPOSURE AND ORIGINAL IMAGE TYPE The exposure and original image type can be selected to obtain a clear copy. AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT OF THE EXPOSURE AND ORIGINAL TYPE Automatic exposure adjustment operates by default to automatically adjust the exposure level and original type as - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 134
too light or too dark when [Auto] is selected, the exposure level can be adjusted using "Copy Exposure Adjustment" in the system settings (administrator). • To change the resolution... When making a full-size copy, you can press the [Scan Resolution] key to select the scanning resolution. On the MX - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 135
highlighted. • To return the ratio to 100%... To return the ratio setting to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Status Settings (Copy Ratio) This is used to change the default copy ratio. 2-23 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 136
COPIER MANUALLY SELECTING THE RATIO (Preset ratios/Zoom) Touch the [Copy Ratio] key in the base screen of copy 25% to 400% in increments of 1%. Copy Ratio OK 11x17 8½x11 64% 8½x11 5½x8½ 11x17 8½x14 77% ratio using "Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios" in the system settings (administrator). • To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 137
COPIER 2 Copy Ratio OK 11x17 8½x11 64% 8½x11 5½x8½ 11x17 8½x14 77% 8½x14 8½x11 75 % Zoom 100% 121% setting to 100%, touch the [Copy Ratio] key to display the ratio menu and then touch the [100%] key. System Settings (Administrator): Add or Change Extra Preset Ratios Two enlargement preset - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 138
COPIER ENLARGING/REDUCING THE LENGTH AND WIDTH SEPARATELY (XY Zoom) The XY Zoom feature allows the horizontal and vertical copy ratios to be changed separately. Both the horizontal and vertical ratios can be set from 25% to 400% in increments of 1%. Touch the [Copy Ratio] key in the base screen of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 139
COPIER ORIGINAL SIZES SPECIFYING THE ORIGINAL SIZE When the original size is a non-standard size or is not detected correctly, manually specify the original size. Touch the [Original] key in the base screen of copy mode and then follow the steps below. Specifying an inch original size (1) (2) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 140
2 COPIER (1), (2) (3) OK Cancel OK X 17 (1~17) inch Y 11 (1~11 5/8) inch section explains how to store, retrieve, change, and delete special original sizes. Storing ] key in the base screen of copy mode and then follow the steps below. 1 Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Size - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 141
COPIER Original Custom Size X15½ Y 8½ Store the original size. OK OK (1) Touch the [Store the [Y] key and enter the Y (vertical) dimension of the original with the keys. A dimension from 1" to 11-5/8" (25 mm to 297 mm) can be entered. (3) Touch the [OK] key. The stored original size will be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 142
COPIER Retrieving a stored original size To retrieve a stored original size, touch the [Original] key in the base screen of copy mode and perform the steps below. 1 Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Size Input 8½x14 8½x11R 8½x13 8½x14 11x17 8½x13 Custom Size OK AB Inch Touch the [Custom - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 143
and fold each set of copies at the centerline. ☞ Staple sort function / Saddle stitch function (page 2-34) When this key is touched, the saddle stitch setting screen appears. (Only when "Automatic Saddle Stitch" is enabled in the system settings (administrator).) (10) [Punch] key This is used to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 144
COPIER The above screen shows the keys that appear when a saddle stitch finisher is installed. The keys that appear will vary depending on what peripheral devices - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 145
COPIER Group mode This function groups copies by page. Example: Groups of 5 copies of each page Originals Output Set the number of copies (5). Set the number of copies document feeder. • When the Quick File Folder for document filing is full, copying of a large number of originals using the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 146
", A3, B4, 8K: Max. 25 sheets*2 8-1/2" x 11"R, A4R, B5R, 16KR: Max. 50 sheets*2 • Finisher Applicable paper sizes 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13-2/5", 8-1/2" x 13", 8-1/2" x 11"R, A3, B4, A4R, 8K, 16KR Number of sheets that can be stapled 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 147
COPIER • The number of sheets that can be stapled at once includes any covers and/or inserts that are inserted. • When Mixed Size Original in the special modes is used with the "Same Width" setting, the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 25 for a saddle stitch finisher or 30 for a - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 148
Fold copies inside. Fold Outside • Special media such as transparency film and tab paper cannot be used. • When the paper folding function is selected, the staple or hole punch function cannot be used. • When two-sided printing is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 149
COPIER Punch function If an optional punch module is installed, holes can be punched in output. Paper size that can be punched is 7-1/4" x 10-1/2" to 11" x 17" (B5R Original placement orientation (for the staple sort and punch functions) When using the staple sort function or the punch function - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 150
1-34) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". 1 1 Place the original. Place original will be copied black, causing excessive use of toner. Place paper in administrator), load the paper in the normal way (face up in trays 1 to 5; face down in the bypass tray). 2 When loading paper larger than 8-1/2" x 11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 151
COPIER 4 Paper Select Paper Tray 1. 8½x11 Plain 2. 8½x11R Plain 3. 8½x14 Plain 4. 11x17 Plain OK Bypass Tray 8½x11 Plain Check the paper type setting for the bypass tray. If you need to change the setting, touch the paper type key. If you do not need to change x 11", 40) [Manual] key This - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 152
each page one page at a time. 8 When using sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then press the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning of the original and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Enter the paper size of the bypass tray When - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 153
(page 2-70) (9) [Multi Shot] key ☞ COPYING MULTIPLE ORIGINALS ONTO ONE SHEET (Multi Shot) (page 2-72) (10) [Book Copy] key ☞ COPYING A PAMPHLET (Book Copy) (page 2-74) (11) [Tab Copy] key ☞ COPYING CAPTIONS ONTO TAB PAPER (Tab Copy) (page 2-78) (12) [Card Shot] key ☞ COPYING BOTH SIDES OF A CARD ON - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 154
Slow Scan Count Original Mode COPIER (1) [Stamp] key ☞ PRINTING THE DATE AND A STAMP ON COPIES (Stamp) (page 2-84) (2) [Image Edit] key ☞ [Image Edit] KEY (page 2-104) (3) [Sharpness] key ☞ ADJUSTING THE SHARPNESS OF AN IMAGE (Sharpness) (page 2-117) (4) [File] key This saves a job in a folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 155
COPIER [OK] key and [Cancel] key In some cases two [OK] keys and one 1/2 1/2 (0~1) (0~1) inch inch (A) Enter the selected special mode settings and return to the base screen of copy mode. (B) Enter the selected special mode settings and return to the special modes menu screen. Touch this key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 156
COPIER ADDING MARGINS (Margin Shift) This function is used to shift the copy image right, left or down to adjust the margin. This is convenient when you wish to bind the copies with a string or in a binder. Shifting the image to the right so the copies can be bound at the left edge with a string - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 157
COPIER Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 4 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 158
COPIER ERASING PERIPHERAL SHADOWS (Erase) The erase function is used to erase shadows around the edges of copies that occur when copying thick originals or books. When a thick book is copied Not using the erase function Using the erase function Shadows appear here Erase modes Edge Erase - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 159
. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 4 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 160
COPIER COPYING EACH FACING PAGE OF A BOUND DOCUMENT (Dual Page Copy) The dual page copy function produces separate copies of two document pages that are placed side by side on the document glass. This function is useful when making copies of the facing pages of a book or other bound document. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 161
it is highlighted. (3) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and 4 then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 162
COPIER MAKING COPIES IN PAMPHLET FORMAT (Pamphlet Copy) This function copies 2 original pages onto the front side and 2 original pages onto the reverse side of each sheet of paper so that the copies can be folded at the centerline to form a pamphlet. This function is convenient for arranging - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 163
COPIER Special Modes Pamphlet Copy OK Cancel OK 3 Original 1-Sided 2-Sided Left Binding Right Binding Cover Setting (1) (2) (3) Select pamphlet copy want to add a cover, go to step 5. (2) (1) (3) Pamphlet Copy Cover Setting . (1) If the cover sheet will be copied on, touch the [Yes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 164
are selected that prevent 2-sided copying, the pamphlet copy function cannot be used. • Scan the originals in order from the first page to the last page. The order of copying will be automatically adjusted by the machine. Four original pages will be copied onto each sheet of paper. Blank pages will - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 165
of originals into multiple sets. Because all originals are copied as a single job, you are saved the trouble of sorting the copies that would be required if the originals were divided into separate copy jobs. When scanning originals in sets, divide the sheets so that no set has more than the number - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 166
... Press the [STOP] key ( ). All scanned data will be cleared. Place next original and press [Start]. to change copy settings, press [Change]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 5 Change Read-End To cancel copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). If the Quick File Folder of document filing mode is full - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 167
begin using the changed copy settings. To cancel the copy setting changes and begin copying without Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview scanning the new originals, touch the [Read-End] key. • The original size cannot be changed manually with the [Original - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 168
the master machine, the IP address of the slave machine is required. For the port number, it is best to use the initial setting (50001). Unless you experience difficulty with this setting, do not change the port number. The tandem settings should be configured by your network administrator. If the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 169
the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then touch the [Read-End] key. The following screen appears when the [START - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 170
, the job resumes. When user authentication is enabled User authentication is enabled in the master machine: tandem copying is possible. User authentication is enabled in the slave machine but not in the master machine: tandem copying is not possible. If tandem copying is performed without setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 171
separately. For specific examples, copies and any other desired copy settings. When these settings have been completed, perform the procedure to select covers/inserts. • The originals must be scanned using the automatic document feeder. The document glass cannot be used. • For covers, only one sheet - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 172
COPIER INSERTING COVERS IN COPIES (Cover Settings) A different type of paper can be inserted at the positions corresponding to the front and back covers of a copy a cover on an estimate sheet or similar document. Covers can be used in combination with inserts. Copying on a front cover and inserting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 173
COPIER (3) (2) (1) (4) Covers/Inserts Front Cover Setting Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 8½x11 Plain (A) (B) Print on Front Cover Yes No 1-Sided 2-Sided 4 Select cover settings. (1) If the cover sheet will be copied on, touch the [Yes] key. Otherwise, touch the [No] key. If the [No] - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 174
INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings) (page 2-63) To check your settings, touch the [Page Layout] key. ☞ CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout) (page 2-67) Press the [START] key. Copying of the originals in the document feeder tray begins. 7 To cancel scanning and copying... Press - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 175
COPIER INSERTING INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings) You can have different paper automatically inserted as inserts at specified pages of copies. Two types of paper can be used as inserts, and the insertion positions can be specified separately for each. Covers can be used in combination - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 176
COPIER (3) (2) (1) (4) Covers/Inserts Insertion Type A Settings Cancel OK Paper Tray Bypass Tray 8½x11 Plain (A) (B) Print on Insert Sheets Yes No 1-Sided 2-Sided 4 Select insert settings. (1) If the insert will be copied on, touch the [Yes] key. Otherwise, touch the [No] key. If the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 177
are applied to [Insertion Type B]. (2) Enter the page number where the insert sheet will be inserted with the numeric keys. For more information, see "Inserts (copying of 1-sided originals)" (page 2-147) and "Inserts (copying of 2-sided originals)" (page 2-147). The [CLEAR] key ( ) can be pressed to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 178
the originals in the document feeder tray begins. 9 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). • Use the same size of paper for the inserts as for the copies. • Up to 100 insert sheets can be added. Note that two insert sheets cannot be inserted between the same two pages. • When - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 179
COPIER CHANGING COVER/INSERT SETTINGS (Page Layout) Cover settings and insert settings can be combined. This section explains how to check completed cover and insert insertion page settings, and change or delete insertion pages. Changing insert A from page 4 to page 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10 11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 180
• To cancel, touch the [Cancel] key. Change the front/back cover settings. The settings are changed in the same way as they are initially configured. See step 4 of "INSERTING COVERS IN COPIES (Cover Settings)" (page 2-60) to change the cover settings. After changing the settings, touch the [OK] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 181
in the same way as they are initially configured. See step 7 of "INSERTING INSERT SHEETS IN COPIES (Insert Settings)" (page 2-63) to change the insert settings. After changing the settings, touch the [OK] key and return to step 3. 6 Special Modes Covers/Inserts Cover Setting Front Cover Back - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 182
COPIER ADDING INSERTS WHEN COPYING ON TRANSPARENCY FILM (Transparency Inserts) When copying on transparency film, the sheets may stick together due to static electricity. The transparency inserts function can be used to automatically insert a sheet of paper between each sheet of transparency film, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 183
COPIER (1) (2) Special Modes Transparency Inserts OK Cancel OK 4 Paper Tray Tray1 8½x11 Plain Print on Insert Sheets Yes No (A) Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. 5 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). Select insert settings. (1) Select whether or not the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 184
COPIER COPYING MULTIPLE ORIGINALS ONTO ONE SHEET (Multi Shot) Multiple original pages can be copied onto a single sheet of paper in a uniform layout. Select 2in1 to copy two original pages onto one sheet, or 4in1 to copy four original pages onto one sheet. This function is convenient when you wish - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 185
original size, paper size, and the number of originals to be copied onto one sheet. The minimum possible reduction ratio is 25%. The original size, paper size, and selected number of original pages may require that the ratio be less than 25%. As copying will take place at 25% in this case, part of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 186
COPIER COPYING A PAMPHLET (Book Copy) This function is used to make a copy of the two facing pages of an open book or other bound document. Copies made with this function can be folded at the center to create a booklet. This function is convenient for arranging copies into an attractive booklet or - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 187
COPIER (1) Special Modes Book Copy (2) OK Cancel OK 2 Left Right Binding Binding Cover Setting Select book copy (administrator). (2) (1) (3) Book Copy Cover (1) If the cover sheet will be copied on, touch the [Yes 11" x 17" (A3) size plain paper is loaded in the bypass tray. To change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 188
. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. Place the original face down on the document glass. 5 Place the opened front cover and back cover face down. Press the [START] key to scan the first original. Scanning begins. Scan the remaining original pages in the following order: Opened - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 189
original. Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Read-End To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). COPIER Touch the [Read-End] key. Copying will begin. • Four original pages will be copied onto each sheet of paper. Blank pages will be automatically added at the end if - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 190
COPIER COPYING CAPTIONS ONTO TAB PAPER (Tab Copy) Captions can be copied onto the tabs of tab paper. Prepare appropriate originals for the tab captions. Tab copy is possible from the bypass tray. GHI DEF ABC ABC Load the tab paper so that the tab on the first sheet is toward you. 2-78 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 191
COPIER Tab copying with a right binding Originals Originals Placing the originals • Document feeder tray Loading tab paper 1 1 Final image Insert the originals so that the side with no - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 192
and then touch the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). To cancel tab copy... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 3. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Tab Copy Setting The default image shift width can be set from 0" to 5/8" (0 mm to 20 mm - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 193
COPIER COPYING BOTH SIDES OF A CARD ON ONE SHEET OF PAPER (Card Shot) When copying a card, this function allows you to copy the front and reverse sides together onto a single sheet of paper. This function is convenient for making copies "PAPER TRAYS" (page 2-11). Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 194
COPIER (1) Special Modes Card Shot (2) OK (administrator). (2) Touch the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode . Make sure that the entered dimensions appear in the [Original] key. Press the [START] key to scan the front side of the card. 5 To cancel scanning - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 195
of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Card Shot Settings This is used to set the values to which the size returns when the [Size Reset] key is pressed. 1" to 8-1/2" (25 mm to 210 mm) can be entered for both the horizontal and vertical dimensions. The factory default settings are 3-3/8" (86 mm - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 196
COPIER PRINTING THE DATE AND A STAMP ON COPIES (Stamp) Use this function to print the date, a stamp, the page number, and text on copies. In addition, specific text can be added to a copy as a watermark (Watermark). Six printing positions are available: top left, top center, top right, bottom left, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 197
COPIER GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR USING STAMP To select stamp settings, follow or "Page Numbering" in a position where one of these items is already set, a message will appear. To change the previously selected item to the new item, touch the [Yes] key. To keep the previous item, touch the [No] - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 198
COPIER COPIES (Date) (page 2-88) Stamp: STAMPING COPIES (Stamp) (page 2-90) Page numbering: PRINTING PAGE NUMBERS ON COPIES (Page Numbering) (page 2-92) Text: PRINTING TEXT ON COPIES Copying the base screen of copy mode. To edit a stamp position page 2-100) • When copying on covers/inserts is not - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 199
COPIER Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 7 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and then - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 200
COPIER ADDING THE DATE TO COPIES (Date) The date can be printed on copies YYYY Cancel APR/04/2010 Date Change OK First Page All Pages Change OK First Page All Pages Check the displayed date. If you need to change the date, touch the [Date Change value display key and change the value with the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 201
4 Stamp Date YYYY/MM/DD MM/DD/YYYY DD/MM/YYYY MM DD, YYYY COPIER Cancel OK APR/04/2010 Date Change First Page All Pages Select the pages that the date will be printed on and touch the [OK] key. Select printing on the first page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 202
COPIER STAMPING COPIES (Stamp) Text such as "CONFIDENTIAL" can be printed in white on a dark background as a "stamp" on copies. The position, size, density, and pages (first page only or all pages) can be selected for a stamp. Printing "CONFIDENTIAL" in the top left corner of a copy CONFIDENTIAL - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 203
COPIER 3 Stamp Stamp CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel OK Exposure 1 23 Size Larger Smaller First - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 204
the total pages manually, such as when a large number of originals are divided into sets for scanning, touch the [Manual] key to selected item to the default value. If you make a mistake, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. • When 2-sided copying is performed, the total - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 205
COPIER 3 Stamp Page Numbering Page Numbering Format 1,2,3.. (1),(2),(3).. -1-,-2-,-3-.. P.1,P.2,P.3.. ,,.. 1/5,2/5,3/5.. Cancel OK Total Page Auto Manual of the selected item to the default value. If you make a copy sheet (the 3rd original page). 5 Stamp Page Number Auto Manual - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 206
sheets are 1-sided copies and the inserted sheets are 2-sided copies, each body sheet is counted as one page and each inserted sheet is counted as two pages. • Page numbers are printed on covers/inserts if the covers/inserts are counted and if they are copied on. 7 Stamp Page Number Auto Manual - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 207
COPIER • When Page Numbering is selected, copying in group mode is not possible. The mode automatically changes to sort mode. • When the page number printing position is set to the right side or left side and pamphlet copy or book copy is used, the print position is changed so that the page numbers - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 208
) Entered text can be printed on copies. Up to 30 frequently used text strings can be stored. Example: Printing "April 2010 Planning Meeting" in the top left corner of the paper April 2010 Planning Meeting COPIER 1 Touch the [Text] key in the stamp selection screen. See steps 1 to 4 of "GENERAL - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 209
COPIER 4 Stamp Text AAA AAA Cancel OK First Page Pre-Set "GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR USING STAMP" (page 2-85) to complete the copy procedure. Text settings can also be configured in the Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy settings] and then [Text Settings (Stamp)] in the Web page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 210
deleting text strings COPIER 1 Touch the close. • To edit or delete a text string, follow the instructions below. To edit or delete a text string... 3 • When Change the text? Cancel Delete Modify • Text settings can also be configured in the Web pages. Click [Application Settings], [Copy - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 211
.01 AAA AAA No.03 CCC CCC No.05 No.07 No.09 No.02 BBB BBB No.04 No.06 No.08 No.10 COPIER Touch the [Back] key. Back You will return to the screen of step 2. To copy using a stored text string, continue from step 2 of 1 "PRINTING TEXT ON - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 212
COPIER CHECKING THE STAMP LAYOUT (Layout) After stamp items have been selected, you can check the print layout, change the print position, when stamp items have been selected. Stamp Layout 2 AAA AAA CONFIDENTIAL OK DO NOT COPY 1,2,3.. If the layout is correct, touch the [OK] key. Touch the key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 213
COPIER Stamp Move Select the location to move the selected item. 4 Touch the key of the desired destination OK position. The touched position key is highlighted and the print position changes Stamp Layout 6 OK AAA AAA CONFIDENTIAL DO NOT COPY 1,2,3.. Touch the [OK] key. 2-101 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 214
COPIER ADDING A WATERMARK TO A COPY (Watermark) When making a copy, specific text can be added to the copy as a watermark. The density CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel Exposure 1 23 Angle (+90 ~ -90) 45 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 215
COPIER 3 Stamp Watermark CONFIDENTIAL FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel FOR YOUR INFO. URGENT PRELIMINARY IMPORTANT TOP SECRET PRIORITY DO NOT COPY DRAFT FINAL COPY PLEASE REPLY Cancel Exposure 1 23 Angle (+90 ~ -90 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 216
COPIER [Image Edit] KEY When the [Image Edit] key is touched in the 2nd special modes menu screen, the image edit menu screen opens. Image edit menu screen Special Modes OK Stamp Image Edit Sharpness File 2 Quick File Proof Copy 2 Original Count Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 217
COPIER REPEATING PHOTOS ON A COPY (Photo Repeat) sheet of paper. • Original sizes up to 3" x 5" (130 mm x 90 mm) • Original sizes up to 5" x 7" (100 mm x 150 mm) Copying on 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper 4 copies are made. Copying on 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size paper 2 copies are made. Copying on 11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 218
COPIER Select the special modes. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. 2 (2) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) can be selected for the paper size. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned and 4 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 219
COPIER CREATING A LARGE POSTER (Multi-Page Enlargement) This function is used to enlarge an image of an original and print it as a composite image using multiple sheets of paper. Original (8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size) Copy (enlarged image on 8 sheets of 11" x 17" (A3) paper) Select the special modes. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 220
COPIER (B) Ready to scan for copy. Copies will be delivered in 2 parts. Image Edit OK Multi-Page orientation (A) and the number of sheets of paper required for the enlarged 2 Enlargement size Original size 22" x 17" 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" image (B) are displayed based - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 221
COPIER 4 copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all pages have been scanned beeps will sound. • The paper size, number of sheets required for the enlarged image, and the ratio are automatically - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 222
copy that is a mirror image of the original. COPIER Original Mirror image copy 1 copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you have 4 selected sort mode, change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 223
COPIER COPYING 11" x 17" ORIGINALS WITH NO EDGE CUT-OFF (11" x 17" Full Bleed) This feature lets you copy an entire 11" x 17" (A3) size original at full size with no image cut-off at the edges. 12" x 18" (A3W) size paper is used, which is slightly larger than 11" x 17" (A3) size. 11" x 17" (A3) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 224
Finisher (large stacker), Saddle stitch finisher • The original must be placed on the document glass. • The copy ratio is 100% when this function is used. The ratio cannot be changed. • The staple, paper folding, and punch function cannot be used. To cancel 11x17 Full Bleed... Touch the [11x17 Full - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 225
[OK] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 4 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 226
COPIER • The image can be reduced when using the centering function, but not enlarged. • When the original size or the paper size is displayed as a special - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 227
[OK] key to return to the base screen of copy mode. Press the [START] key. Copying will begin. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple original pages, copying will take place as you scan each original. If you 4 have selected sort mode, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 228
COPIER When this function is selected, the "Original Image Type" setting for exposure adjustment automatically changes to "Text". To cancel B/W reverse... Touch the [B/W Reverse] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. 2-116 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 229
the [Read-End] key. To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). When this function is selected, the exposure adjustment setting automatically changes to manual adjustment. Automatic exposure adjustment cannot be selected. To cancel the sharpness setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 230
is checked for errors, the remaining sets can be printed. Previously it was necessary to re-scan the original each time changes to settings were required. However, this feature makes it possible to change settings for the scanned original without scanning it again, allowing you perform copying more - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 231
CLEAR] key ( ) and then enter the correct number. Press the [START] key. One set of copies is printed. If you are using the document glass to copy multiple originals, change originals and press the [START] key. Repeat until all 5 pages have been scanned and then touch the [Read-End] key. One set of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 232
Touch the [End] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode and the remaining sets will be printed. 9 Change End To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). If Proof Copy is executed while the machine is printing another job, the other job is interrupted and the proof - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 233
COPIER CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE COPYING (Original Count) The number of scanned original sheets can be counted and displayed before copying is executed. By allowing you to check the number of original sheets that were scanned, this helps reduce the occurrence of copy - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 234
COPIER 4 130 pages of original have been scanned. Copy the scanned data? Cancel OK After scanning is finished, check the number of sheets that were scanned and touch the [OK] key. Copying will begin. • When job build mode is used, the number of scanned sheets appears when the [Read-End] key is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 235
COPIER COPYING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) Even when 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) originals are mixed in with 11" x 17" (A3) originals, all originals can be copied at once. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original and uses paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 236
COPIER 11" x 17" (A3) Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. ● When "Same Width" is used Place the originals with the sides that are the same length aligned on the left. 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) 1 Place the [OK] key. You will return to the base screen of copy mode. 2-124 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 237
. 4 To cancel scanning and copying... Press the [STOP] key ( ). COPIER • When [Different Width] is selected on the MX-M283N, the "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" settings of automatic 2-Sided copying cannot be used. • When [Different Width] is selected, the staple function cannot be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 238
COPIER COPYING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) Use this function when you wish to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. ABC D ABCD Indicator line 1 Insert the originals face up in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 239
COPIER The "2-Sided to 2-Sided" and "2-Sided to 1-Sided" modes of automatic 2-sided copying cannot be used. To cancel the slow scan mode setting... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 2 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode This is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 240
COPIER CONVENIENT COPY FUNCTIONS This section explains convenient copy functions such as interrupting a copy run, changing the order of reserved copy jobs, and storing copy settings in a program. INTERRUPTING A COPY RUN (Interrupt copy) When you need to make an urgent copy and the machine is busy - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 241
COPIER • If user authentication is enabled, the login screen will appear when the [Interrupt] key is pressed. Enter your user name and password to log in. The number of copies made will be added to the count of the user that logged in. • Depending on the settings of the job in progress, the [ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 242
COPIER CHECKING A PREVIEW IMAGE OF A COPY (Preview) You can touch the [Preview] key so that it is highlighted in the base screen and then scan the original to check a preview image of the copy in the touch panel before printing the copy. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 243
COPIER To cancel the operation... Press the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Default Preview You can set the default state of the [Preview] key to always selected (highlighted). Enable this setting if you wish to check a preview image each time you make a copy. 2-131 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 244
scanned original is displayed. If the image is cut off, use the scroll bars at the right and bottom of the screen to scroll the image. Touch a bar and slide it to scroll. (You can also touch the keys to scroll.) (2) Change 2-sided copying • Pamphlet copy • Book copy • Staple (including - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 245
COPIER JOB STATUS SCREEN The job status screen is displayed when the [JOB . Example: Pressing the key in copy mode JOB STATUS Print Job Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / 000 Waiting 1 1 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 246
Sets / Progress 020 / 001 Status Copying 002 / 000 Waiting 1 1 002 / 000 Waiting 001 / 000 Waiting Spool Job Queue Complete Detail Priority Stop/Delete (3) (4) (5) (6) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Jobs Completed Set Time Sets Status 1 Computer02 11:00 04/01 001/001 OK - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 247
toner cartridge is out of toner. Replace the toner cartridge with a new cartridge. "Paper Empty" The paper used for the job has run out. Add paper or change to a different paper tray. "Limit" The copy page limit has been exceeded. Check with the administrator of the machine. "Error" An error - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 248
COPIER CANCELING A JOB THAT IS WAITING IN THE QUEUE A copy job that is waiting to be printed can be canceled. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Cancel the job. Print Job Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Computer02 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 249
job priority. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) Touch the [Print Job] tab. 2 Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Computer02 4 0312345678 this key to change modes. The selected mode will be highlighted. Detail Priority Stop/Delete (3) (4) (3) Touch the key of the copy job to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 250
COPIER CHECKING INFORMATION ON A COPY JOB WAITING IN THE QUEUE Detailed information can be displayed on a copy job waiting in the queue. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Print Job Job Queue 1 Copy 2 Copy 3 Computer01 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 251
not stored Set 11" x 17" (A3) to 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) reduction Change the exposure setting Select 2-sided copying Select margin required to copy the drawings each month because the above settings must be selected. In addition, mistakes are occasionally made when selecting the settings, so some copies - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 252
COPIER STORING (EDITING/DELETING) A JOB PROGRAM The procedures for storing copy settings in a job program and deleting a job program are explained below. 1 LOGOUT Job Programs Press program number. 1 2 4 5 2 7 8 10 11 Recall Exit 3 1 4 6 9 12 Store/Delete Press the [#/P] key ( - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 253
COPIER To store, make selections and press [OK], to delete, press [Cancel]. Cancel OK Select the copy settings that you wish to Special Modes store in the job program and touch the 2-Sided Copy you have finished, touch the [OK] key. Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto Paper Select Auto 8½x11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 254
COPIER APPENDIX Examples of covers and inserts The relations between the originals and finished copies when covers or inserts are inserted are shown on the following pages. Covers • 1-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 2-sided copying of 1-sided originals • 1-sided copying of 2-sided - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 255
1-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 No copying 2-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 256
1-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 No copying 2-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 copying 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 257
1-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 No copying 2-sided copying 1 2 3 4 5 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 6 COPIER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 258
No copying 1-sided copying 2 1 3 No copying 2-sided copying 2 1 3 5 4 6 4 1-sided copying 1-sided 1 3 copying 6 1-sided copying 2-sided 1 3 4 5 copying 6 4 2-sided copying 1-sided 1 2 3 copying 6 2-sided copying 2-sided 1 2 3 4 5 copying 6 2-146 COPIER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 259
COPIER Inserts (copying of 1-sided originals) 1-sided and 2-sided copying of the following 1-sided originals. The example of adding an insert at the 3rd sheet is shown. (when "Insertion Page" is set to "3" in the insertion settings of the insert settings in the special modes) 1st page 2nd page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 260
3-7 PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED . . . . 3-8 VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER HELP 3-10 SAVING FREQUENTLY USED PRINT SETTINGS 3-11 • SAVING SETTINGS AT THE TIME OF PRINTING 3-11 • USING SAVED SETTINGS 3-13 CHANGING THE PRINTER DRIVER DEFAULT SETTINGS 3-14 PRINTING FROM - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 261
3-72 APPENDIX PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST 3-73 PRINTING WITHOUT THE PRINTER DRIVER DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE. . . . 3-57 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE ON AN FTP SERVER 3-58 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN USB MEMORY 3-59 • DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN A NETWORK FOLDER 3-61 DIRECTLY - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 262
driver type Windows PCL6, PCL5e The machine supports the Hewlett-Packard PCL6 and PCL5e printer control languages. It is recommended that you use the PCL6 printer driver. If you have a problem printing from older software using the PCL6 printer driver, use the PCL5e printer driver. Macintosh PS - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 263
may vary depending on the software application. Open the printer driver properties window. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. • If the printer drivers appear as icons, click the icon of the printer driver to be used. • If the printer drivers appear as a list, select the name of the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 264
(1) (2) PRINTER Select print settings. (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the paper size. To select settings on other tabs, to [User7] from the pull-down menu and click the [Custom] button. Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0, click the [OK] button. 4 3-5 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 265
tab of the printer driver properties window. Before printing, check the paper sizes, paper types, and paper remaining in the machine's trays. To default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 266
such as envelopes. The procedure for printing on an envelope from the printer driver properties screen is described below. For the types of paper that can "IMPORTANT POINTS ABOUT PAPER" (page 1-27) in "BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". For the procedure for loading paper in the bypass tray, see "LOADING PAPER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 267
AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED When the user authentication function is enabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), your user information (login name, password, etc.) must be entered in the printer driver properties window before you can print. The information that must be entered - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 268
case, other print functions may be restricted. For more information, ask your administrator. • The machine's user authentication function cannot be used when the PPD file* is installed and the Windows standard PS printer driver is used. For this reason, printing will not be possible if printing by - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 269
PRINTER VIEWING PRINTER DRIVER HELP When selecting settings in the printer driver, you can display Help to view explanations of the settings. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 270
at the time of saving, allowing you to check the settings as you save them. Open the printer driver properties window from the print window of the software application. (1) Select the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 271
can be saved. • The following items cannot be saved in user settings. - A watermark that you created - Paper insertion settings - Overlay file - [Tab Paper Print] settings on the [Special Modes] tab (PCL6 only) - The login name, password, user name, and job name entered in the [Job Handling] tab - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 272
the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Preferences] button. 1 (1) (2) The button that is used to open the printer driver properties window (usually [Properties] or [Printing Preferences]) may vary depending on the software application. Select the print settings. (1) Select the user - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 273
[Printers and Faxes]. (2) (1) 2 Open the printer properties window. (1) Click the icon of the printer driver of the machine. (2) Click the [Organize] menu. In Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003, click the [File] menu. (3) Select [Properties]. In Windows NT 4.0, select [Document Defaults - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 274
PRINTER Configure the settings and click the [OK] button. For explanations of the settings, see printer driver Help. 4 3-15 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 275
in Mac OS 9). To use the machine as a printer for the Macintosh, the PS3 expansion kit must be installed in the machine and the machine must be connected to a network. To install the PPD file and configure printer driver settings, see "3. SETUP IN A MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT" in the Software Setup Guide - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 276
. Make sure that the correct printer is selected. 2 The machine name that appears in the "Printer" menu is normally [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on the machine model.) Select print settings. • In Mac OS X, click next to [Copies & Pages] and select the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 277
PRINTER Click the [Print] button. Printing begins. 4 3-18 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 278
) or "Enable Selected Paper Type in Bypass Tray" (enabled by factory default) is enabled in the system settings (administrator), printing will not take place if the paper size or paper type specified in the printer driver is different from the paper size or paper type specified in the settings - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 279
for printing on an envelope from the printer driver properties screen is described below. For the (page 1-27) in "BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". For the procedure for loading paper in the bypass the "Paper Size" menu on the page setup screen. In Mac OS 9, select the envelope size from the "Paper" menu - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 280
PRINTER PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED When the user authentication function is enabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), you must enter your user information (login name, password, etc.) in order to print. The information that must be entered varies - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 281
In Mac OS X, you can click the (lock) button after entering your login name and password, or user number administrator. System Settings (Administrator): Disabling of Printing by Invalid User This is used to prohibit printing of print jobs by users whose user information is not stored in the machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 282
ONE PAGE (page 3-28) • STAPLING OUTPUT/PUNCHING HOLES IN OUTPUT (page 3-30) The explanations assume that the paper size and other basic settings have already been selected. For the basic procedure for printing and the steps for opening the printer driver properties window, see the following section - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 283
Macintosh (1) (2) (3) PRINTER (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Advanced]. (3) Select the "Print Mode". 3-24 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 284
PRINTER TWO-SIDED PRINTING The machine can print on both sides of the paper. This function is useful for many purposes, and is particularly convenient when you want to create a simple pamphlet. Two-sided printing also helps conserve paper. Paper orientation Print results Windows Macintosh - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 285
Macintosh (1) PRINTER (2) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) Select [Long-edged binding] or [Short-edged binding]. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select the settings in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select [Output/Document Style] and then select [Flip on long edge] or [Flip on short edge]. 3-26 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 286
in the machine. Letter or A4 Ledger or A3 The following example explains how to print a letter size document on ledger size paper. Windows (1) Mac OS X v10.4.11 and v10.5 to 10.5.5.) (1) (2) (1) Select [Paper Handling]. (2) Check the size of the print image (for example: Letter). To change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 287
environment, the page order can be viewed in the print image in the printer driver properties window. In a Macintosh environment, the page orders are displayed as selections. • In a Macintosh environment, the number of pages that can be printed on a single sheet is 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16. 3-28 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 288
Windows (1) PRINTER (1) Configure the settings on the [Main] tab. (2) Select the number of pages per sheet. (3) If you wish to print borderlines, click the [Border] checkbox so that a checkmark appears. (4) Select the order of the pages. (2) (3) (4) Macintosh (1) (2) (1) Select [Layout]. (2) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 289
stitch finisher is required. • To use the punch function, a punch module must be installed on the finisher or saddle stitch finisher. • For the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled, see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the Safety Guide. The maximum number of sheets that can be stapled at once includes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 290
Windows (1) (3) (2) Macintosh (1) (2) (3) PRINTER (1) Configure the settings on the [Main] tab. (2) Select the "Binding Edge". (3) Select the staple function or the punch function. • For the staple function, select the number of staples in the "Staple" menu. • For the punch function, click the [ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 291
(page 3-16) In Windows, view printer driver Help for details on printer driver settings for each printing function. CONVENIENT FUNCTIONS FOR CREATING PAMPHLETS AND POSTERS CREATING A PAMPHLET (Pamphlet/Pamphlet Staple) The pamphlet function prints on the front and back of each sheet of paper so - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 292
Macintosh (1) (3) PRINTER (2) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select the "Binding Edge". [2 Staples] can be selected in the "Staple" menu when a saddle stitch finisher is installed. (3) Select [Tiled Pamphlet] or [2-Up Pamphlet]. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select from the "2-Side Printing" and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 293
stitch finisher is installed, the staple function or the punch function can be used with this function. PRINTER Windows (1) (2) (1) Configure the (3) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select the "Binding Edge". (3) Select the "Margin Shift". • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select from - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 294
. To enable precise alignment of the edges of the sheets during attachment, borderlines can be printed and overlapping edges can be created (overlap function). Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) (1) (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select the [Poster - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 295
PRINTER FUNCTIONS TO ADJUST THE SIZE AND ORIENTATION OF THE IMAGE ROTATING THE in one orientation (such as envelopes or paper with punch holes). (In Mac OS X, a portrait image cannot be rotated 180 degrees.) ABCD ABCD Windows (1) (2) (1) Select the setting on the [Main] tab. (2) Select the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 296
to the paper by slightly reducing an image. When using the PS printer driver (Windows), you can set the width and length percentages separately to change the proportions of the image. (XY-Zoom) PRINTER Windows (1) (1) Click the [Paper] tab. (2) Select [Zoom] and click the [Settings] button - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 297
adjusted.) When the data includes lines of varying widths, you can also print all lines at the minimum width. Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver is used.) (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Adjust the line width. Select a number from the pull-down menu. • The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 298
. This function can be used to conveniently print a design for a woodblock print or other printing medium. B PRINTER B Windows (This function can be used when the PS printer driver is used.) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Select a mirror image setting. If you wish to reverse the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 299
used for simple corrections when you do not have image editing software installed on your computer. Windows (This function is not available when using the PCL5e printer driver.) (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Click the [Image Adjustment] button. (3) Adjust the image settings. To adjust - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 300
PRINTER PRINTING FAINT TEXT AND LINES IN BLACK (Text To Black/Vector To Black) (This function is only available in Windows.) When all vector graphics other than white lines and areas in black. ABCD ABCD Windows (1) (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. (2) Select the [Text To Black] checkbox - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 301
PRINTER list, or entered to create an original watermark. CONFIDENTIAL Windows (1) (2) (1) Click the [Watermarks] tab. (2) in the "Text" box and click the [Add] button. Macintosh (2) (1) (1) Select [Watermarks]. Mac OS 9, select [Watermark] and configure the settings. 3-42 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 302
with a frequently used image or an icon of your own creation. MEMO MEMO Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 or PS printer driver is used.) (1) (2) (1) Click the [Watermarks] tab. (2) Select the image you wish to use for the image stamp, and click the [Add] button. 3-43 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 303
120 10 250 XXXX XXX XXXX XXX XXXX 1 100 10 150 0 120 10 250 Windows Create an overlay file. (1) (2) (3) Printing with an overlay file (1) (2) Overlay file (1) Click the [Advanced] tab. Configure the printer driver settings from the software application that you wish to use to create the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 304
PRINTER PRINT FUNCTIONS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES PRINTING SPECIFIED PAGES ON DIFFERENT PAPER (Different Paper) • Using this function in a Windows the [Add] button to show the selected settings in "Information". When you have completed the settings, click the [Save] button in "User Settings" - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 305
Macintosh (This function can only be used in Mac OS 9, Mac OS X v10.4.11 and v10.5 to 10.5.5.) (1) (2) (3) (1) Select [Printer Features]. (2) Select [Different Paper]. (3) Select cover insertion settings. Select the print setting, paper tray, and paper type for the cover page and last page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 306
same content on each inserted sheet of paper as is printed on the corresponding sheet of transparency film. AB C Windows (1) (1) Click the [ " of the bypass tray. • In Mac OS X v10.2.8, select the [Transparency Inserts] checkbox in [Advanced]. • In Mac OS 9, select [Transparency Inserts] and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 307
PRINTER PRINTING A CARBON COPY (Carbon Copy) (This function is only available in Windows.) This function is used to print an additional copy of the print image on paper that is the same size but from a different paper tray. For example, if carbon copy print is selected when standard paper is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 308
of tab paper. Tab Paper Print (PCL6 only) You can print on each sheet of tab paper that you insert in the desired page position. Text to be printed on tabs can be entered in [Tab Paper Print] on the [Special Modes] tab of the printer driver properties window, and detailed settings can be configured - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 309
PRINTER Windows Tab Paper Print (PCL6 only available tab paper, you can use the existing settings in "User Settings" such as [A4-5tab-D]. For other types of tab horizontal and vertical dimensions of the tab can be directly entered or changed using the button. In addition, the size of the tab paper - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 310
PRINTER Tab Paper Settings When you have finished preparing the data to be printed on the tabs in the software application, select the following settings: (4) (1) (1) Click - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 311
sheet of paper). Example: When pages 4 and 8 are specified as page settings. Back is blank Windows (This function can be used when the PCL6 printer driver [Add] button and your settings will appear in "Information". When you have finished selecting settings, click the [Save] button in "User - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 312
" function is available in the PCL6 printer driver. When two-sided printing is disabled in the machine's system settings (administrator), the paper folding function cannot be used. Half Fold - Inside Half Fold - Outside Mult-Sheet Fold - Staple (PCL6 only) Windows (1) (1) Click the [Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 313
of sets. Example: Printing 4 sets of copies To use Tandem Print, the IP address of the slave machine configured in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the machine's system settings (administrator) must be configured in the printer driver. In a Windows environment, this can be accomplished automatically - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 314
mixed together with files of other users. When printing from a computer, a password (5 to 8 digits) can be set to maintain the secrecy of information in a stored file. When a password is set, the password must be entered to print a stored file from the machine. PRINTER HDD Hold Only This setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 315
"User Name" of the job ID in the printer driver. ☞ Windows: PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED (page 3-8) ☞ Macintosh: PRINTING WHEN THE USER AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION IS ENABLED (page 3-21) (1) Log into the machine. Enter your user number or login name and password in the user - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 316
possible to print some files in the above table. DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE A file on an FTP server, in a network folder or in a USB memory device connected to the machine can be selected and printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. 3-57 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 317
FTP)] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) Up to 20 FTP servers can be configured. (1) (2) (3) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING 1 File Retrieve Scan to HDD External Data Access HDD Status Ex Data Access FTP USB Memory Network Folder Access the FTP server. (1) Touch the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 318
ENCRYPTED PDF FILE (page 3-69) DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN USB MEMORY A file in a USB memory device connected to the machine can be printed from the operation panel of the machine without using the printer driver. When the printer driver of the machine is not installed on your computer, you can copy - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 319
PRINTER (1) (2) (3) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD External Data Access HDD Status Ex Data Access FTP 2 USB Memory Network Folder Access the USB memory device. (1) Touch the [DOCUMENT FILING] key. (2) Touch the [Ex Data Access] tab. (3) Touch the [USB (PCL, PS, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 320
PRINTER Remove the USB memory device from the machine. 5 When you select a PDF file that has a password, you must enter the password in the job status screen to begin printing. ☞ PRINTING AN ENCRYPTED PDF FILE (page 3-69) DIRECTLY PRINTING A FILE IN A NETWORK FOLDER You can use the machine's - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 321
computer that you wish to access. If a screen appears prompting you to enter a user name and password, check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate user name and password. (3) Touch the key of the network folder. Search 1 17 • You can touch the [Search] key and enter a keyword to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 322
can be displayed. • Touch the key to move up one folder level. • To return to the network folder selection screen, touch the key. • Touch the [File or Folder Name] key to change the order of the files and folders displayed on the screen. The order switches between ascending order and descending - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 323
. • If you printed a file (PCL, PS, or XPS) that includes print settings, the settings will be applied. • When user authentication is enabled in the system settings (administrator) of the machine, the print function may be restricted. For more information, ask your administrator. 3-64 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 324
menu. (Administrator rights are required.) For the procedure for accessing the Web pages, see the Quick Start Guide. • Using E-mail Print To print a file using E-mail Print, use your e-mail program on your computer to send the file as an attachment to the machine's e-mail address. Control commands - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 325
PRINTER CHECKING THE PRINT STATUS JOB STATUS SCREEN The job status screen before the key was pressed appears. JOB STATUS Print Job Job Queue 1 Computer01 2 Copy 3 Copy 4 0312345678 Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Sets / Progress 002 / 001 Status Printing 002 / 000 Waiting 1 1 020 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 326
PRINTER SPOOL SCREEN/JOB QUEUE SCREEN/COMPLETED JOB SCREEN The job status screen consists of the job queue screen that shows copy jobs and encrypted PDF print jobs that require a password to be entered Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Jobs Completed Set Time Sets Status 1 Computer02 11:00 04 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 327
out of toner. Replace the toner cartridge with a new cartridge. "Paper Empty" The paper used for the job has run out. Add paper or change to a different paper tray. "Limit" The printing page limit has been exceeded. Check with the administrator of the machine. "Error" An error occurred while - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 328
in a USB memory device, etc. connected to the machine, follow the steps below to enter the password and begin printing. The PS3 expansion kit is required to use this function. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (3) (2) Select the encrypted PDF print job. Print Job Scan to Fax Job - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 329
machine is busy copying or printing a received fax or other job, you can give priority to a print job that is waiting to be printed and print it ahead of the other jobs. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (2) Give the desired job priority. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 330
Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax (1) Touch the [Print Job] tab. Job Queue Computer01 Computer02 0312345678 Copy Copy Copy Copy Copy Sets / Detail Priority Stop/Delete (2) Change the print job status mode to [Spool] or [Job Queue]. Touch this key to change modes. The selected mode will - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 331
PRINTER CHANGING TO ANOTHER PAPER SIZE AND PRINTING WHEN PAPER RUNS OUT If printing stops because the machine ran out of paper, or if the size of paper specified in the printer driver is not loaded in the machine, a message will appear in the touch panel. Printing will begin automatically when the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 332
PRINTER APPENDIX PRINTER DRIVER SPECIFICATION LIST Function PCL6 PCL5e Frequently used Copies functions Orientation 1-999 Yes N-Up Number of pages 2,4,6,8,9,16 Order Selectable Border On/Off 2-Sided Print Yes Fit To Page Yes Binding Edge Selectable Staple*5 Yes Punch*5 Yes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 333
Yes No Yes *1 The specifications of each function in Windows PPD and Macintosh PPD vary depending on the operating system version and the software application. *2 Cannot be used in Windows NT 4.0. *3 Only 2-Up and 4-Up printing can be used in Windows 98. *4 Only Mac OS X v10.4.11 and v10.5 to 10 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 334
fax function. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE AS A FAX PREPARATIONS FOR FAX FAX NUMBER . . . . . 4-6 BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 4-7 • BASE SCREEN OF FAX MODE 4-8 • ADDRESS BOOK SCREEN 4-10 • CHANGING THE DISPLAY OF ONE-TOUCH KEYS IN THE ADDRESS BOOK SCREEN 4-11 FAX ERROR OCCURS 4-29 • FAX DESTINATION - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 335
59 • RECEIVING A FAX MANUALLY 4-60 PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print 4-61 CHECKING THE IMAGE BEFORE PRINTING . . . 4-62 • IMAGE CHECK SCREEN 4-63 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES (Fax Data Forward 4-64 FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 336
COMPLETED 4-129 • CHECKING A RESERVED JOB OR THE JOB IN PROGRESS 4-130 • CHECKING COMPLETED JOBS 4-131 CANCELING A FAX IN PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX 4-132 GIVING PRIORITY TO A RESERVED FAX JOB 4-133 CHECKING THE ACTIVITY LOG (Image Sending Activity Report 4-134 • IMAGE SENDING ACTIVITY REPORT - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 337
section provides information that you should know before using the machine as a fax machine. PREPARATIONS FOR FAX To use the machine as a fax, the telephone line must be connected and the type of line set. CONNECTION TO THE TELEPHONE LINE Be sure to use the provided telephone line - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 338
" in the system settings (administrator). The machine will automatically set the dial mode to the type of line you are using. You can also set the "Dial Mode Setting" manually. After setting the dial mode, do not change the setting unless you have a specific reason for changing it. MAKE SURE THE - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 339
date and time cannot be set. STORING THE SENDER FAX NUMBER Store the user name and fax number in "Sender Data Registration". Be sure to configure this information, as it is required for communication. System Settings (Administrator): Sender Data Registration Use this setting to program the sender - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 340
and then touch the [Fax] tab. COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 341
in fax mode. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 342
the selected special modes. To close the screen, touch the [OK] key. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 343
the machine's Web page, a fax number can be obtained from a global address book. ☞ RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK (page 4-21) (7) [Sub Address] key Touch this key to enter a sub-address and passcode for F-code transmission. ☞ F-CODE DIALING (page 4-108) (8) [Sort Address] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 344
mode (scan, Internet fax, fax, or data entry mode) - Address book screen • System Settings (Administrator): Address Book Default Selection The Fax Memory:100% Sort Address Tab Switch 2 ABC User (1) (2) OK Address Type All E-mail Internet Fax Group FTP/Desktop Network Folder Fax Change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 345
display order is changed, the display order of the other index tabs also changes. Ordered by search number (default) Ascending names or on a user index tab. 5 10 15 To Cc Condition Settings BBB AAA BBB BBB 1 Address Review 2 BBB CCC BBB DDD Address Entry Global Address Search BBB EEE - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 346
the document glass. 1 Enter the destination fax number Ready to send. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 347
resolution of the image. ☞ CHANGING THE RESOLUTION (page 4-55) Special mode settings Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 348
steps to start scanning and transmission: When sending a fax normally (memory transmission) (1) Press the [START] key. (2) When scanning is finished, settings are cleared. To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ). System Settings (Administrator): Default Display Settings The settings can - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 349
or after the country code when dialing an international number. 1234567890- Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: Pause Next Address USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 350
with the name of the destination in each one-touch key. Icon Mode Fax Scan to E-mail Internet fax (Direct SMTP) Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations System Settings: Address Book (page 7-16) This is used to store destinations (names and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 351
by simply touching the one-touch key of that destination. 1 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 352
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Address Review 001 CCC CCC 003 LLL LLL 005 NNN NNN 007 PPP PPP 009 RRR RRR 011 TTT TTT - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 353
book screen. key. This can be done in the base screen of any 1 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 354
fax number in a global address book. (2) Open the global address search screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address LDAP server appears, enter your user name and password. (2) Touch the [OK] THE MACHINE". How to search Enter a maximum of 64 characters for - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 355
kbps/None Index Fax User 1 Exit The information stored in the global address book is automatically entered. (The settings can be changed if needed. For detailed information on each item, see "Address Control" (page 7-16) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS".) However, configure the items below manually. To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 356
resend to that destination. 1 Ready to send. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 357
telephone service Number to be dialed XXX Entry Using the numeric keys XXX Pause 010 010 Country code Area code Number of other party 00 CCC CCC XX XXXX Using a one-touch key System Settings (Administrator): Pause Time Setting This is used to set the length of pauses. The default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 358
ERROR OCCURS (page 4-29) - The machine is already using the line to send or receive a fax. - Another fax transmission was reserved ahead of your fax. - One of the following functions is being used for transmission. Broadcast transmission, F-code transmission, timer transmission, Dual Page Scan - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 359
32) ☞ USING THE DOCUMENT GLASS TO SEND A FAX IN DIRECT TRANSMISSION MODE (page 4-36) Scan Address Book 1 Direct TX Sub Address Address Review Transmission • When transmission in direct transmission mode ends, the mode automatically changes back to memory transmission mode. • When the document - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 360
image width Receiving machine's paper width A3 B4 11" x 17" (A3) 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) B4 A4 Reduced size B4 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) A4R Ratio 1 : 0.84 1 : 0.71 1 : 0.84 System Settings (Administrator): Auto Reduction Sending Setting The factory default setting is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 361
4-48) ☞ Specifying the original scan size (by numerical values) (page 4-50) STANDARD SIZES Standard sizes are sizes that the machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 362
default setting is 2 attempts at an interval of 3 minutes. WHEN A COMMUNICATION ERROR OCCURS If a communication error occurs or the other fax machine ☞ CANCELING A FAX IN PROGRESS OR A RESERVED FAX (page 4-132) System Settings (Administrator): Recall in Case of Communication Error This is used - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 363
-entered destination is correct, scanning will begin. If the re Address] key, the [Address Entry] key, and the [Global Address Search] key cannot be touched. • Transmission using the speaker key A destination cannot be specified after the [Speaker] key is pressed. System Settings (Administrator): Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 364
scan the original pages. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 2 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address . Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% In addition to specification by one - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 365
more information, see "ENTERING DESTINATIONS" (page 4-16). 3 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 366
File, Quick File, Memory Box, 2-Sided Original Scanning, Global Address Search (When the [Direct TX] key is highlighted) • Resending will not take place when a direct transmission is not successful due to a communication error or other reason. • If a fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 367
mark 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A5) B5R 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) B5 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 1 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) 11" x 17" (A3) • Align the corner to scan the original pages. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 2 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 368
in the special modes, only the exposure can be changed, and this can only be done when scanning each even page number of the original pages. To cancel transmission... Press the [STOP] key ( ) before the [Read-End] key is touched. • If a fax is being received when the transmission operation is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 369
mark 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" 1 (A5) B5R 8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R) B5 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) 11" x 17" (A3) • Align the corner of the Enter the destination fax number. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review To AAA AAA CCC CCC Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD (1) Touch the [Address Book] key in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 370
FACSIMILE 3 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Touch the [Direct TX] key. Press - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 371
place without scanning the original into memory. • A destination that includes an F-code (sub-address and passcode) cannot be used. • A one-touch key that has multiple destinations or has a non-fax destination cannot be used. System Settings (Administrator): Speaker Settings The default volume level - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 372
shared folder destinations.) Originals Transmission It is convenient to store destinations to which you frequently send faxes by To store group keys, see "Address Control" (page 7-16) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS". When a group key is used to dial, the number of fax numbers that are dialed is the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 373
Settings (Administrator): Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting This setting is used to prohibit omission of the [Next Address] key when entering destinations for broadcast transmissions. 3 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 374
FACSIMILE 4 Address Review 001 CCC CCC 003 LLL LLL 005 NNN NNN 007 PPP PPP convenient functions. • The broadcast transmission can include Scan to E-mail and Internet fax destinations. In this case, the image sent to the Scan to E-mail and Internet fax destinations will be black and white. 4-41 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 375
transmission key will appear in each of those modes. (1) (2) Display details on the broadcast Print Job Scan to Fax Job transmission. Address Broadcast0001 Start Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 010/003 NG000000 Job Queue (1) Touch the key of the completed broadcast Broadcast0002 10:05 04 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 376
FACSIMILE Detail Broadcast0001 Address 002 DDD DDD 010 EEE EEE Start Time Status 10: If the job was stored in a confidential folder or was stored as confidential file, a password entry screen will appear after you touch the [Retry] key. Enter the password. • If the [All Destinations] key is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 377
transmission For more information on using PC-Fax, see the Help file for the PC-Fax driver. • To use the PC-Fax function, the PC-Fax driver must be installed. For more information, see the Software Setup Guide. • This function can only be used on a Windows® computer. • This function can only be used - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 378
setting appears to the right of the key used to select the setting. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 379
document. Transmission 2-sided original Front and back are sent as two pages 1 Touch the [Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Specify the binding style of the 2-sided original - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 380
Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is 8-1/2" x 11" (A4 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 381
standard size or you wish to change the scan size, touch the [Original] key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the the automatic document feeder to scan a long original. The maximum length that can be scanned is 39-3/8" (1000 mm) (the maximum height is 11-5/8" (297 mm)). ☞ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 382
4 Fax/Original OK Scan Size 5½x8½ 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. FACSIMILE When [Long Size] is selected, the 2-sided scanning setting and send size cannot be changed. 4-49 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 383
Auto 8½x11 Touch the [Size Input] key. OK 3 Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 8½x11R 8½x13(213x330) 8½x14 11x17 Long Size AB Inch Size Input Fax/Original Size Input 4 (1), (2) (3) OK Cancel OK X 17 (1 17) inch Y 11 (1 11 5/8) inch Enter the scan size. (1) Touch the [X] key and enter the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 384
FACSIMILE 5 Fax/Original Scan Size X17 Y11 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet OK Send Size Auto Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. The specified size appears in the [Scan Size] key. • When the scan size is specified by numerical values, the send size cannot be specified. • When the automatic - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 385
[Original] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 4-45) 2 Fax/Original OK Scan Size Auto 8½x11 100% Send Size Auto 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Touch the [Send Size] key. (1) 3 Fax/Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Manual 8½x11R 8½x13(213x330) 8½x14 11x17 (2) Specify - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 386
FACSIMILE Fax/Original (1) Scan Size Auto 8½x11 129% Send Size 11x17 (2) OK 4 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet Image Orientation Specify the [OK] key. The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of the original will appear between the "Scan Size" and the "Send Size". 4-53 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 387
setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when "Job Build" in the special modes is used, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is used to change the default exposure setting. 4-54 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 388
is inserted.) • When a fax is sent at [Ultra Fine], [Super Fine], or [Fine] resolution, a lower resolution will be used if the receiving machine does not have that resolution. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. 4-55 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 389
Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review CHECK SCREEN" (page 4-57). System settings (administrator): Default Preview You can specify whether or not the [Preview - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 390
to that page number. (3) [Function Rev.] key Touch to check special mode settings or scan settings for two-sided originals. (4) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page", "Twice", "4 Times", "8 Times". The setting applies - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 391
", the machine will receive and print faxes automatically. The fax reception mode is displayed in the base screen. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Sub Address Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 392
output tray, and stapling can be selected. • If printing of a copy job or print job is in progress when a fax is received, the fax will not be printed until the previously reserved job is completed. • Received faxes will not be printed when the machine cannot print due to an error condition such as - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 393
appears. Telephone mode. Speaker Resend Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Speaker Volume Exposure Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Fax Memory:100% Fax Manual Reception • When a call is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 394
of whether they were received automatically or manually. • If "Fax Data Receive/Forward" is executed in the system settings to forward received faxes to another machine, faxes retained in memory will also be forwarded. At that time, the same password entry screen as for printing will appear - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 395
administrator), you can check a received image in the touch panel before printing it out. When this function is enabled, follow the steps below to print a received image. * The factory default 10:00 Not checked 04/04/2010 10:00 Checked All] key is touched, it will change into the [Cancel All] key. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 396
, not just the displayed page. (5) [Print] key Touch to start printing. (6) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page", "Twice", "4 Times", "8 Times". The setting applies to all pages in the file, not just the displayed page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 397
because the transmission was canceled or an error occurred, the fax will be held in memory until it can be printed. • All faxes received are forwarded. Note, however, that faxes received to an F-code confidential memory box cannot be forwarded. • If a password entry screen appears after touching the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 398
You can have received faxes automatically forwarded to an e-mail address, file server address, desktop address, or network folder address. This function can be used to forward received faxes to a specified address without printing them. The machine Forwarding Received fax • This function cannot be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 399
] menu in the Web page. (2) Enter the sender address in "Internet Fax Address" or "Fax Number" as appropriate, and click the [Add to List] button. 2 The entered address will be added to the "Address to be Entered" list. • Specify whether the address will be directly entered (maximum of 1500 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 400
(7) Select the forwarding address. Forwarding addresses can be selected from the machine's address book. (Multiple addresses can be selected.) A maximum of 1000 forwarding addresses can be stored (a combined maximum of 100 file server, desktop, and network folder addresses can be stored). (8) Click - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 401
FACSIMILE (2) Specifying forwarding tables to be used. To use the inbound routing function, enable the forwarding tables that you wish to use from among the stored tables. (1) Click [Inbound Routing Settings] in the Web page menu. (2) Select [Always Forward] or [Forward on Selected Day & Time] - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 402
OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) (page 4-87) (9) [Slow Scan Mode] key ☞ FAXING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) (page 4-89) (10) [Original Count] key ☞ CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE TRANSMISSION (Original Count) (page 4-91) (11) [File] key Touch this to use the File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 403
(15) [Own Name Select] key ☞ TEMPORARILY CHANGING THE SENDER INFORMATION (Own Name Select) (page 4-98) (16) [Memory Box] key ☞ SENDING A FAX WHEN ANOTHER MACHINE POLLS YOUR MACHINE (Polling Memory) (page 4-102) (17) [Polling] key ☞ CALLING A FAX MACHINE AND INITIATING RECEPTION (Polling) (page 4-99 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 404
fax job by means of a simple operation. For example, suppose that the same 8-1/2" x 11 scanned and transmitted. Press the [START] key. The originals are scanned and transmitted. Considerable time is required are stored, edited, and deleted using "Address Control" in the system settings. See " - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 405
the [OK] key. 1 2 4 Program : Program C 0123456789 Scan Internet Fax Original Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select additional settings. When - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 406
The function does not detect shadows and erase only the shadows.) Scanning a thick book Not using the erase function Using the erase document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) Select the special modes. 3 (1) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 407
erase width will be 1/2" (10 mm). To cancel an erase setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width setting is linked to the copy mode system setting, and can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 408
center of the original with the appropriate size mark . Size mark 1 Centerline of A3 original Centerline of 11" x 17" original The page on this side is scanned first. 11" x 17" (A3) Centerline of original 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 4-75 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 409
FACSIMILE 3 Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (2) Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan Mode Quick File (3) OK 1 2 Select Dual Page Scan. (1) Touch the [Special Modes] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 4-69) (2) Touch the [Dual Page Scan] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 410
receive a fax when you are not present. During the day, set up a broadcast transmission to take place at 20:00 At 20:00, the broadcast off at the specified time. • When performing a timer transmission, you must scan the original into memory when you set up the transmission. It is not possible - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 411
A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. • The time can be specified up to a week in advance. • Up to 94 timer transmissions can be stored at once. • Only one timer polling operation can be stored at once. If you wish to poll multiple machines, store a serial polling timer operation - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 412
shown below. Originals Document feeder tray Place the originals face up. Portrait orientation 1 1 1 2 Landscape orientation 1 1 2 1 1 Document glass Place the originals face down. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 4-79 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 413
[2in1] key so that it is highlighted. (3) Touch the [OK] key. 4 Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 414
or when the speaker is used to dial. • The 2in1 function cannot be used when the original is other than 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) or 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (B5 or A5) size. • When the scan size of the original is specified by numerical values, this function cannot be used. To cancel 2in1... Touch the [2in1] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 415
(A4) size portrait scan transmission Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size landscape scan transmission When using card shot, the original must be scanned on the document glass. Place the original face down on the document glass. 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 416
FACSIMILE Fax/Special Modes Card Shot (1) (A) (B) (2) OK Cancel the keys. (A) To return the original size to the default size, touch the [Size Reset] key. (B) To automatically change the original scan size or the send size. In this case, the screen of step 3 appears when you touch the scan - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 417
[Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 7 Configure Read-End If you will continue by scanning the front of the card, you can touch the [Configure] key to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and send size. • The ratio cannot be specified and "Rotation Sending Setting" cannot be selected - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 418
. Note that when the memory is being used for other jobs, fewer pages can be scanned. Indicator 1 line 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 3 (2) Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count Erase 2in1 Mixed Size Original File Dual Page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 419
Job Build is used in combination with 2in1 in the special modes, only the exposure can be changed when scanning each even-numbered page of the original pages. • If the memory becomes full during scanning, a message will appear and the transmission will be canceled. • This function cannot be used in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 420
the same time; for example, 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) size originals mixed together with 11" x 17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original. 8-1/2" x 14" 11" x 17" 8-1/2" x 14" 11" x 17" This feature can only be used with the following - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 421
, an original scan size cannot be specified. • When mixed size originals are set, automatic duplex scanning cannot be used. (When using the MX-M283N.) • . System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode The original feeding mode can be set to always scan mixed size originals. 4-88 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 422
the document guides slowly. 1 If the originals are inserted with too much force, they may crumple and misfeed. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16) 3 Fax/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (2) (3) OK Erase 2in1 Dual Page Scan 1 Card Shot - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 423
... Press the [STOP] key ( ). When this function is selected, automatic 2-sided scanning is not possible. To cancel slow scan mode... Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original Feeding Mode This is used to have - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 424
FACSIMILE CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE TRANSMISSION (Original Count) The number of scanned original sheets can be counted and displayed before transmission. Checking the number of scanned original sheets before transmission helps prevent transmission mistakes. Indicator 1 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 425
number of sheets scanned in (A), and the number of pages (sheet sides) scanned in (B). For example, if both sides of one original sheet are scanned, "1" will System Settings (Administrator): Initial Original Count Setting This can be enabled to have the number of original sheets always counted. The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 426
Originals Position of stamp 1 Originals are scanned An "O" mark is stamped in fluorescent pink. To use this function, the optional stamp unit must be installed. Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. 1 1 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 427
is stamped twice. (MX-M283N only) • If an error occurs during scanning, an original that was not scanned may be stamped. • MACHINE". To cancel the stamp function... Touch the [Verif. Stamp] key in the screen of step 3 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 428
of other party, time required, number of pages, a transmission. To change the transaction report the document glass. 2 Enter the destination fax number. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 4-16 succeeds or fails. "Print at Error": A transaction report is printed code transmission is used. 4-95 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 429
screen of step 4. • System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default setting is . Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only /No Printed Report Broadcasting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 430
scanned original image. Outside scanned image (factory default setting) Inside scanned image Sender information Originals Sender information Originals The transmitted image length will be: length of sender information + length of original image. When the fax is printed by the receiving machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 431
FACSIMILE TEMPORARILY CHANGING THE SENDER INFORMATION (Own Name Select) You can select the sender information printed on a transmitted fax from a list the desired sender information key. (2) Touch the [OK] key. 3 Fax/Special Modes Verif. Stamp Own Name Select Transaction Report Memory Box OK - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 432
were entered. Polling multiple machines is called "Serial Polling". Up to 500 fax numbers can be entered. In this procedure, one-touch keys that have a sub-address and passcode cannot be used. • To enter multiple fax numbers, touch the [Next Address] key after entering a fax number and enter the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 433
3 Press the [START] key. Your machine will call the other machine and initiate reception of the fax. FACSIMILE • Polling reception can be used in combination with the timer function to poll at any specified time, such as at night or when you - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 434
GGG GGG HHH HHH 1 III III JJJ JJJ destination. A group key cannot be used. Sort Address Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Fax Memory:100% Fax Manual Reception • In addition to specification by one-touch key, a destination can also be specified using a search number. You can also - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 435
FACSIMILE SENDING A FAX WHEN ANOTHER MACHINE POLLS YOUR MACHINE (Polling Memory) Sending a document that has been scanned into memory when another machine polls your machine is called "Polling Memory". Prior to polling, the document that will be faxed to the other machine must be scanned into a - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 436
A DOCUMENT INTO POLLING MEMORY Follow these steps to scan a document into the memory box for polling transmission ( the [Data Store] key. Memory Box - Data Store Box 1 Box 3 4 Box 5 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the [Public Box] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 437
FACSIMILE 6 Memory Box - Data Store Memory Box List Original Exposure Scan: Auto Auto 8½x11 Send: Resolution Standard Special Modes Auto Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select image settings and special modes. • A program, timer setting, transaction report, polling, verif. stamp and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 438
IN THE PUBLIC BOX You can check the document stored in the machine's public box for memory polling. Select the special modes. (1) Touch Check] key. Memory Box - Data Check Box 1 Box 3 Box 5 3 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the [ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 439
Data Check Delete Data Exit Confidential Reception Data Check Touch the [Delete Data] key. Memory Box - Delete Data Box 1 Box 3 Box 5 3 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the [Public Box] key. When nothing is stored in the Public Box - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 440
which coordinates global telecommunications networks and services. HOW F-CODES WORK A fax that is transmitted with an F-code is received to the memory box in the receiving machine specified by the F-code (sub-address and passcode). If the F-code sent by the transmitting machine does not match the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 441
than 20 digits. F-CODE DIALING When performing an F-code operation, the F-code (sub-address and passcode) is appended to the fax number that is dialed. Check the F-code (sub-address and passcode) programmed in the memory box in the other machine before you perform an F-code transmission. It is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 442
FACSIMILE CONFIDENTIAL COMMUNICATION USING F-CODES By sending a fax to an F-code memory box (confidential) in the receiving machine (your machine or the other machine), the sender can direct the transmission specifically to the user of the box. This is convenient for sending sensitive documents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 443
by adding an F-code to the fax number. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. (2) Enter the destination fax number. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search Sub Address To AAA AAA CCC - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 444
FACSIMILE CHECKING FAXES RECEIVED BY F-CODE CONFIDENTIAL RECEPTION When an F-code confidential fax is sent to your machine, the fax is received to the memory box specified by the F-code. To check received faxes, enter the print passcode. The machine rings and the fax is Beep received. 1 A beep - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 445
with the numeric keys. As each digit is entered, "-" changes to " ". 5 Cancel Take care to enter the SHARP Service Department. System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting You can specify whether or not a transmission report is printed when an F-code confidential fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 446
POLLING RECEPTION USING F-CODES This function enables your machine to call another machine and initiate reception of a fax stored in an F-code memory box (polling memory) in the other machine. During the polling operation, your machine must correctly specify the F-code (sub-address and passcode - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 447
AAA AAA BBB BBB 1 Address Review 2 CCC CCC DDD DDD Address Entry Global Address Search EEE EEE GGG GGG FFF FFF HHH HHH Sub Address III III JJJ JJJ Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% (1) Touch the [Address Book] key in the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 448
to be transmitted must be scanned into an F-code polling memory box. The other machine Transmission request (polling) using an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX The machine F-code polling memory box Transmission Box name: Sub-address: Passcode: BBBB AAAAAAAA XXXXXXXX System - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 449
Box 5 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the key of the F-code memory polling box. (1) Memory Box Box List Original Exposure Scan: Auto Auto 8½x11 Send: Resolution Standard Special Modes Auto Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Select image - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 450
is being scanned. • If other documents have already been stored in the memory box, the document is added to the previously stored documents. • The factory default setting for the number of polling times is "Once" (after the document is transmitted to the receiving machine, it is automatically - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 451
POLLING BOX You can check the document stored in the F-code memory polling box. A document in a memory box cannot Box 3 3 Box 5 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the key of the F-code memory polling box where the document you wish to print - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 452
Data Check Touch the [Delete Data] key. Memory Box - Delete Data Box 1 Box 3 3 Box 5 Box 7 Box 9 Box 11 Box 2 Box 4 Box 6 Box 8 Box 10 Box 12 Public Box Back 1 2 Touch the key of the F-code memory polling box that has the document you wish to delete. appears in keys that have documents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 453
4-77) The machine Relay machine F-code relay broadcast memory box The fax is transmitted to each of the end receiving machines programmed in the F-code relay broadcast memory box. End receiving machines Transmission Transmission specifying an F-code Sub-address: AAAAAAAA Passcode: XXXXXXXX - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 454
[Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. When the relay machine receives the fax, it will automatically transmit the fax to each of the end receiving machines programmed in the memory box. To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) while the original is being - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 455
do not need to support F-code communication. • The machine that requests a relay broadcast transmission only bears the cost of sending the fax to your machine (the relay machine). Your machine bears the cost of sending the fax to each of the end receiving machines. • When faxes forwarded using this - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 456
Connection) You can connect an existing extension phone to the machine. The phone can be used for voice calls and to start fax reception on the machine. As an example, you can make a phone call jack on your extension phone, contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. 4-123 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 457
: Receive Setting (page 7-102) To use remote fax reception, set this setting to "Manual Reception". • System Settings (Administrator): Remote Reception Number Setting This is used to change the number used for remote fax reception. The factory default setting is "5". MAKING AND RECEIVING PHONE CALLS - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 458
display can be touched to display the job status screen. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Address Book Original Scan: Auto Send: Auto Direct TX Exposure Auto Sub Address Resolution Standard Address Review Special Modes File Quick File Preview Sending Auto Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 459
. To switch between the two screens, touch the job status screen selector key ((2) below). Job queue screen (1) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 0123456789 10:05 04/01 000/004 Waiting 1 AAA AAA 1 10:22 04/01 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 460
Fax transmission Fax reception Broadcast transmission, Serial polling or Inbound routing PC-Fax transmission (3) Name of other party For a transmission, the name or fax number of the destination. For a reception, the fax due to a communication error or other problem. The day and time are displayed - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 461
was sent from a party that has been blocked by the anti junk fax function. "NGxxxxxx" Transmission/reception was not successful because a communication error occurred (a 6-digit error code appears in xxxxxx.) "Error" An error occurred while the job was being executed. FACSIMILE 4-128 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 462
RECEIVED FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 4-65) • Received fax is not printed "Receiving" appears in the job queue screen while the fax is being received. When reception is completed, the job moves to the job queue of the job status screen of scan mode. • Received fax is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 463
All Destinations This shows all destinations specified in the job. A broadcast control number (3-digits) appears in front of each destination. Address: The name or fax number of the destination. Start time: The time at which communication began. Status: The status of communication. 4-130 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 464
or fax number of each destination. Start time: Time at which communication began. Status: Communication result The [Retry] key can be touched to transmit to all destinations again.* * Recalling is not possible for a broadcast transmission that includes a Scan to FTP address, Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 465
Follow the steps below to cancel a fax transmission that is in progress or a reserved fax job. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Select the fax job that you wish to Address 1 Broadcast Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting Job - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 466
the other jobs, follow the steps below. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Select the fax job to which you wish to Address Broadcast Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting Job Queue give priority. 0123456789 AAA AAA 10:05 04/01 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 467
(date, name of other party, time required, result, etc.). The Image Sending Activity Report contains useful information such as the types of errors that occurred. The most recent 200 transactions are included in the report. You can have the machine print the Image Sending Activity Report each time - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 468
in . FAIL xx (xxxx) The transaction failed due to a communication error. First 2 digits of communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. Last 4 digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. REJECTED A fax was sent from a party from which reception is blocked - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 469
AN ADDRESS MANUALLY 5-22 • SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER 5-23 RETRIEVING A DESTINATION FROM A GLOBAL ADDRESS BOOK 5-25 USING THE RESEND FUNCTION 5-27 TRANSMITTING AN IMAGE SENDING AN IMAGE IN SCAN MODE 5-28 • CHANGING THE SUBJECT, FILE NAME, REPLY-TO, AND BODY TEXT 5-32 SENDING AN IMAGE IN USB - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 470
RECEIVING AN INTERNET FAX 5-110 • MANUALLY RECEIVING INTERNET FAXES 5-111 PRINTING A PASSWORD-PROTECTED FAX (Hold Setting For Received Data Print 5-112 CHECKING THE IMAGE BEFORE PRINTING . . 5-113 • IMAGE CHECK SCREEN 5-114 FORWARDING RECEIVED INTERNET FAXES TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 471
software, see the manual (PDF format) or the Readme file on the CD-ROM. For the procedures for installing the software, see the "Sharpdesk Installation Guide". Scan to Network Folder The scanned file is sent to a Network Folder on a Windows computer on the same network as the machine. 5-3 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 472
application on a computer connected to the same network as the machine is used to scan a document or image. To use PC Scan, the scanner driver must be installed from the "Software CD-ROM" that accompanies the machine. Operating systems that can be used are Windows 98/Me/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 473
( ) indicator light is blinking, the machine is in auto required for communication. Before using Scan to E-mail Store a default sender name in "Sender Name" and a reply e-mail address in "Reply E-mail Address". These will be used when a sender is not selected. System Settings (Administrator): Default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 474
Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK To use Scan to FTP or Scan to Desktop, the destination must be stored in the address book. For Scan to E-mail, Internet Fax, and Scan to Network Folder, the destination can be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 475
screen. The following window appears while Network Scanner Tool is being set up. The item selected in "My Profiles" (C) will be the name of the one-touch key. (A) (B) Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 476
DIRECT SMTP ADDRESS The machine supports Direct SMTP, which lets you directly send Internet faxes within your company without using a mail server. For the procedure for storing a Direct SMTP address in the address book, see "STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK" (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 477
200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF (9) (10) (7) File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 (11) (8) Preview (12) (13) Base screen of USB memory mode Base screen of Internet fax mode (1) (2) (3) (14) (15) (8) COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Scan Stored - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 478
switch to the base screen. Base screen of scan mode Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 479
. To close the screen, touch the [OK] key. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 480
when you wish to send a "Carbon copy" of the e-mail to an additional destination. (11) [Bcc] key When using Scan to E-mail, touch the [Bcc] key when you wish to send a "Blind carbon copy" of the e-mail to an additional destination. When an address is specified as a Bcc recipient, other recipients - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 481
mode (scan, Internet fax, fax, or data entry mode) - Address book screen • System Settings (Administrator): Address Book Default Selection The Fax Memory:100% Sort Address Tab Switch 2 ABC User (1) (2) OK Address Type All E-mail Internet Fax Group FTP/Desktop Network Folder Fax Change - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 482
order is changed, the display order of the other index tabs also changes. Ordered by search number (default) Ascending names on a user index tab. 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search To BBB AAA BBB CCC BBB EEE BBB GGG BBB III Sort Address Freq. ABCD - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 483
Enter the destination Ready to send. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto Resend USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 484
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Special mode settings Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color Mode Mono2 Quick File Special - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 485
5-56) ☞ Specifying the original scan size (by numerical values) (page 5-57) STANDARD SIZES Standard sizes are sizes that the machine can automatically detect. The standard sizes are set in "Original Size Detector Setting" in the system settings (administrator). The factory default setting is "Inch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 486
used. Icon Mode Fax Scan to E-mail Internet fax (Direct SMTP) Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Group key with multiple destinations • For information on storing addresses in the address book, see "STORING DESTINATION ADDRESSES FOR EACH SCAN MODE IN THE ADDRESS BOOK" (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 487
retrieved by selecting its one-touch key. 1 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 488
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 KKK KKK 005 MMM MMM 007 OOO OOO 009 QQQ QQQ 011 SSS SSS - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 489
be done in the base screen of any 1 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 490
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX ENTERING AN ADDRESS MANUALLY Scan to E-mail, Internet fax, Network Folder and data entry mode addresses can be manually entered. (2) Display the address input screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address Search To AAA AAA CCC CCC EEE EEE - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 491
/INTERNET FAX SPECIFYING A NETWORK FOLDER A network folder on a server or computer connected to the same network as the machine can be directly specified. Select [Network Folder] in step 2 on the previous page and follow the steps below. Network Folder Folder Path 1 User Name Password Cancel - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 492
user name and password, check with your server administrator and enter the appropriate user name and password. Cancel (4) Search OK 1 3 (3) Touch the key of the network folder in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • Up to 100 workgroups, 100 servers, and 100 network folders can be displayed. • To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 493
address in a global address book and retrieve the address for Scan to E-mail or Internet fax transmission (excluding Direct SMTP addresses). (2) Open the global address search screen. 1 5 10 15 Condition Settings Address Review Address Entry Global Address enter your user name and password. (2) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 494
Fax Report Off Index Fax User 1 Exit The information stored in the global address book is automatically entered. (The settings can be changed if needed. For detailed information on each item, see "Address Control" (page 7-16) in "7. SYSTEM SETTINGS".) However, configure the items below manually - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 495
that destination. 1 Ready to send. Resend Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 496
for transmission in scan mode (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder). When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the destination cannot be changed, and destinations cannot - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 497
the address book screen. 3 (1) (2) Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format File Color Mode Quick File Special Modes PDF Mono2 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 498
is scanned in the mode set in "Color mode". For the color mode settings, see "CHANGING THE COLOR MODE" (page 5-68). • If Encrypt PDF is selected for the file format ([PDF] is selected in the format settings screen and the [Encry.] 5 checkbox is set to ), you will be prompted to enter a password - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 499
changed when scanning an even-numbered original page. • When all originals have been scanned, Network Scanner Settings] and then [Administration Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required Scan to E-mail, and the default sender and destination. • System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 500
the sender name is not changed, the name set in "Default Sender Set" in the system settings is used. If this is not configured, the reply address in [Network Settings] - [Services Settings] - [SMTP Settings] in the Web pages is used. (Administrator rights are required.) • Selections for the subject - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 501
, or Scan to Network Folder destination, go to step 9. Body Text Add 'Reply to' to Cc Send Settings OK To change "Reply-To", touch the [Reply-To] key. Subject Sub: Schedule coordination meeting File Name Material for planning meeting Reply-To 5 Body Text Add 'Reply to' to Cc If user - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 502
your continuous support. We have attached sca Add 'Reply to' to Cc The [Add 'Reply to' to Cc] checkbox can be selected to send a Cc copy to the can be changed to 6, 12, or 18. • System Settings (Administrator): Default Sender Set This is used to store the sender name and e-mail address that is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 503
to the machine. This stores the file in the USB device. • Use a FAT32 USB memory with a capacity of no more than 32 GB. • When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed. To switch to USB memory mode, touch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 504
Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color Mode Mono2 Switch to USB memory mode and display the image settings screen. (1) Touch the [USB Mem. Scan] tab If the [USB Mem. Scan] tab does - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 505
. Go to step 8. Do not disconnect the USB memory until "Sending data has been completed." appears in the touch panel. • The image is scanned in the mode set in "Color mode". For the color mode settings, see "CHANGING THE COLOR 5 MODE" (page 5-68). • If Encrypt PDF is selected for the file format - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 506
is used to check the connection of a USB device to the machine. • System Settings (Administrator): Scan Settings This is used to set the default color mode and file format. • System Settings (Administrator): Disable Scan Function The use of PC scan mode and USB memory mode can be prohibited. 5-38 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 507
Scan Stored to File Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color Mode Mono2 Special Modes Preview Touch the [Stored to] key. (A) Stored to \ Folder Name Folder 1 Folder 2 Folder 3 Folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 508
, see "ENTERING TEXT" (page 1-70) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". Scan Stored to File Name Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Resolution 200X200dpi File Format PDF Color Mode Mono2 Special Modes Preview (A) Touch the [File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 509
direct transmission by Direct SMTP. When a default address is configured in "Default Address Setting" in the system settings (administrator), the mode cannot be changed, the destination cannot be changed, and destinations cannot be added. To switch to Internet fax mode, touch the [Cancel] key in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 510
/INTERNET FAX 3 (1) (2) Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 511
, only the exposure can be changed when scanning an even-numbered original page. • When all originals have been scanned, "Job stored." will be Application Settings], [Network Scanner Settings] and then [Administration Settings] in the Web page menu. (Administrator rights are required.) Up to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 512
Internet fax transmission. Preset items can be selected or text can be directly entered. • If the subject and file name are not changed, the settings in the Web page are used. • Selections for the subject, file name, and body text are configured by clicking [Application Settings] and then [Network - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 513
Send Settings OK To change the body text, touch the [Body Text] key. Subject Sub: Schedule coordination meeting File Name Material for planning meeting 5 Body Text Body Entry Clear All OK Thank you for your continuous support. We have attached scanned data, which you have requested - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 514
for planning meeting Body Text Thank you for your continuous support. We have attached sca When storing pre-set text for the subject and file name in the Web pages, up to 80 characters can be entered. System Settings (Administrator): The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 515
image can be sent to multiple scan modes, Internet fax mode, and fax mode destinations in a single operation. Up to 500 destinations can be selected in one broadcast operation. (Combined maximum of 200 file server, desktop, and shared folder destinations.) Transmission Originals If you frequently - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 516
GGG GGG III III Cc BBB BBB DDD DDD FFF FFF HHH HHH JJJ JJJ Touch the [Address Review] key. 1 2 Sort Address Preview Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Auto Reception Fax Memory:100% 4 Address Review 001 AAA AAA 003 KKK KKK 005 MMM MMM 007 OOO OOO 009 QQQ QQQ 011 SSS SSS - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 517
and then touch the [Read-End] key. A beep will sound to indicate that scanning is finished. If Internet fax or fax destinations are included in the broadcast transmission, scanning will take place in [Mono2]. To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. 5-49 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 518
Network Folder)" in the system settings (administrator), the limit will also apply to destinations for which a limit is not set. (The limitation setting of Scan to E-mail or Internet fax screen. Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Broadcast0001 Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 519
(2) Display details on the broadcast Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax transmission. Address Start Time Pages Status (1) Touch the key of the completed broadcast Broadcast0001 Broadcast0002 10:00 04/01 010/003 NG000000 10:05 04/01 001/001 Send OK Job Queue 1 Complete transmission - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 520
) A file on a computer can be sent via the machine as an Internet fax (PC-I-Fax function). Internet faxes are sent using the PC-I-Fax function in the same way as documents are printed. Select the PC-Fax driver as the printer driver for your computer and then select the Print command in the software - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 521
Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format File Color Mode Quick File Special Modes PDF Mono2 Preview (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) [Original - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 522
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX AUTOMATICALLY SCANNING BOTH SIDES OF AN ORIGINAL (2-Sided Original) The automatic document feeder can be used to automatically scan both sides of an original. Scan transmission 2-sided original Front and reverse sides are scanned Select the mode and display the image settings - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 523
Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Quick File Color Mode Special Modes Mono2 Preview In the above screen, the scan size (the placed original) is 8-1/2" x 11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 524
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Specifying the original scan size (Specify using a standard size.) If the original is a non-standard size or you wish to change the scan size, touch the [Original] key to specify the original size manually. Place the original in the document feeder tray or on the document glass - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 525
8½x11 OK Touch the [Size Input] key. 3 Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 8½x11R 8½x13(216x330) 8½x14 11x17 Long Size AB Inch Size Input Scan/Original Size Input 4 (1), (2) (3) OK Cancel OK X 17 Y 11 (1 17) inch (1 11 5/8) inch Enter the scan size (original size). (1) Touch the [X] key and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 526
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX 5 Scan/Original Scan Size X17 Y11 2-Sided Booklet 2-Sided Tablet OK Send Size Auto Image Orientation Touch the [OK] key. The specified size appears in the [Scan Size] key. • When the scan size is specified by numerical values, the send size cannot be specified. • When the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 527
scan size, or when the scan size is specified by numerical values. • The send size cannot be specified when [TIFF-S] is selected for the format in Internet fax mode. (The send size is fixed at 8-1/2" x 11 Size] key. (1) 3 Scan/Original Auto Manual 5½x8½ 5½x8½R 8½x11 Manual 8½x11R 8½x13(216x330) - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 528
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Scan/Original Scan Size 129% Send Size Auto 8½x11 11x17 (2) OK 4 2-Sided image with a changed ratio, a suitable image may not be transmitted. (2) Touch the [OK] key. (1) The ratio used for reduction or enlargement of the original will appear between the "Scan Size" and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 529
Manual 3 Select this setting for a normal original (neither dark nor light). 4-5 Select this setting when the original consists of faint text. How to select the original image type (Scan mode, USB 53) 2 When Fax/I-Fax address is included, exposure setting shared among Fax/ I-Fax/ Scanner mode - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 530
setting cannot be changed once scanning has begun. (However, when "Job Build" is used in the special modes, the exposure can be changed each time a new set of originals is inserted.) System Settings (Administrator): Default Exposure Settings This is used to change the default exposure setting. 5-62 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 531
FAX CHANGING THE RESOLUTION The resolution setting can be selected. Select the mode and display the image settings screen. 1 (1) Touch the tab of the mode that you wish to use. (2) Touch the [Resolution] key. ☞ IMAGE SETTINGS (page 5-53) Scan mode, USB memory mode, Data entry mode (1) (2) Scan - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 532
selected for the format in Internet fax mode, only [200X100dpi] or [200X200dpi] can be selected. System Settings (Administrator): Initial Resolution Setting This is used to change the default resolution setting. CHANGING THE FILE FORMAT Changing the format (Scan mode, USB memory mode and Data entry - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 533
will be sent as a Compact PDF file to all scanner addresses. - When Compact PDF format or Compact PDF (Ultra Fine) format is set for one address in a broadcast transmission, the file will be sent in Compact PDF (Ultra Fine) format to all scanner addresses. - If a fax destination is specified or the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 534
the displayed screen to open the keyboard screen. Enter a password (maximum of 32 characters) and touch the [OK] key. Scanning and transmission will begin. System Settings (Administrator): Initial File Format Setting This sets the default file format setting for scanner transmission. 5-66 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 535
8-1/2" x 11"R (A4R). • Special modes: When a ratio setting is selected and the original size is entered, Dual Page Scan, Card Shot, 2in1, and Mixed Size Original cannot be used. System Settings (Administrator): Compression Setting This is used to set the default compression mode for Internet fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 536
the image is sent in Mono2. Scan/Color Mode 3 Full Color Grayscale Mono2 OK Select the color mode. (1) Touch the key of the desired color mode. (2) Touch the [OK] key. (1) (2) System Settings (Administrator): Default Color Mode Settings The default color mode can be changed. 5-68 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 537
Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF (page 5-70). System settings (administrator): Default Preview You can specify whether or - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 538
to that page number. (3) [Function Rev.] key Touch to check special mode settings or scan settings for two-sided originals. (4) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page", "Twice", "4 Times", "8 Times". The setting applies - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 539
DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) (page 5-88) (9) [Slow Scan Mode] key ☞ SCANNING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) (page 5-90) (10) [Original Count] key*1 ☞ CHECKING THE NUMBER OF SCANNED ORIGINAL SHEETS BEFORE TRANSMISSION (Original Count) (page 5-92) (11) [File] key*1 Touch this to use the File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 540
keys explained below can only be used in Internet fax mode. The other keys are the same as those explained in "Scan mode, USB memory mode, Data entry mode" (page 5-71). 1st screen 2nd screen Internet Fax/Special Modes OK Internet Fax/Special Modes OK Program Timer (1) Erase 2in1 Dual Page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 541
stored Enter the address of each branch office. Touch a stored program key. Select Dual Page Scan. Select Erase settings. Press the [START] key. The originals are scanned and transmitted. Press the [START] key. The originals are scanned and transmitted. Considerable time is required to send the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 542
Scan Internet Fax Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF be changed here. • Functions stored in the program cannot be canceled here. Press the [START] Key. Scanning begins. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 543
, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray, or face down on the document glass. Specify the destination. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 5-18) 2 When scanning to USB memory, there - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 544
width will be 1/2" (10 mm). To cancel the erase setting... Touch the [Cancel] key in the screen of step 4. System Settings (Administrator): Erase Width Adjustment The default erase width setting is linked to the copy mode system setting, and can be set from 0" to 1" (0 mm to 20 mm). The factory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 545
size Transmitted image 11" x 17" (A3) x 1 page 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) x 2 pages • When using dual page scan, the original must be placed on the document glass. • The send size cannot be changed. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 546
/INTERNET FAX Select the special modes. 3 (1) Touch the tab of the mode that you wish to use. (2) Touch the [Special Modes] key. ☞ SPECIAL MODES (page 5-71) 4 Scan/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count (1) Erase Suppress Background Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 547
cleared after the transmission is finished. (However, when the document filing function is used, the scanned original and settings are stored on the built-in hard drive.) • This function cannot be used in USB memory mode. 1 Place the original. Place the original face up in the document feeder tray - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 548
FAX (1) Scan/Special Modes Timer (2) (3) OK Cancel OK Day of the Week Time 10 hh. 00 touch a numeric display key to change the setting with the numeric keys. specification is canceled. The transmission will begin as soon as the job in progress is completed. ☞GIVING PRIORITY TO A SCAN - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 549
is used to suppress light background areas. Level [+] The lightness level at which suppression takes place can be adjusted. Level [-] • This function cannot be used in Internet fax mode. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 550
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (1) (2) 4 Scan/Special Modes OK Suppress Background Cancel OK Light areas of the original may be suppressed as background. 1 3 Select the suppress background setting. (1) Adjust the background suppression level. Touch the [+] key to suppress only - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 551
" (A4) Example of an 8-1/2" x 11" (A4) size landscape scan transmission size portrait scan transmission • When using card shot, the original must be placed on the document glass. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Place - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 552
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Scan/Special Modes Card Shot (1) (A) (B) (2) OK Cancel OK X 3 3 with the keys. (A) To return the original size to the default size, touch the [Size Reset] key. (B) To automatically screen to change the original scan size or the send size. In this case, the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 553
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Place next original. (Pg.No.x) Press [Start]. When finished, press [Read-End]. Touch the [Read-End] key. 7 Configure Read-End If you will continue by scanning the front of the card, you can touch the [Configure] key to change the exposure, resolution, scan size, and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 554
scan exceeds the maximum number of sheets that can be inserted in the automatic document feeder at once. When scanning originals that are separated into sets, scan fewer pages can be scanned. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 555
FAX 4 (1) Scan/Special Modes Program Timer Job Build Original Count Erase Suppress Background Mixed Size Original File Dual Page Scan Card Shot Slow Scan exposure can be changed when scanning each even-numbered page of the original pages. If the memory becomes full during scanning, a message - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 556
INTERNET FAX SCANNING ORIGINALS OF DIFFERENT SIZES (Mixed Size Original) This feature lets you scan originals of different sizes at the same time; for example, 8-1/2" x 14" (B4) size originals mixed together with 11" x 17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 557
duplex scanning cannot be used. (When using the MX-M283N.) • Rotate cannot be used when Mixed Size Original is enabled. To cancel the Mixed Size Original setting... Touch the [Mixed Size Original] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is not highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Original - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 558
/INTERNET FAX SCANNING THIN ORIGINALS (Slow Scan Mode) Use this function when you wish to scan thin originals using the automatic document feeder. This function helps prevent thin originals from misfeeding. A BC D ABCD When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 559
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX 4 Scan/Special Modes (1) (2) OK Program Timer Erase Dual Page Scan 1 Suppress Background Card Shot 2 Job Build Mixed Size Original Slow Scan Mode Original Count File Quick File Select slow scan mode. (1) Touch the [Slow Scan Mode] key so that it is highlighted. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 560
BEFORE TRANSMISSION (Original Count) The number of scanned original sheets can be counted and displayed before transmission. Checking the number of scanned original sheets before transmission helps prevent transmission mistakes. • This function cannot be used in USB memory mode. • The setting can be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 561
number of sheets scanned in (A), and the number of pages (sheet sides) scanned in (B). For example, if both sides of one original sheet are scanned, "1" will System Settings (Administrator): Initial Original Count Setting This can be enabled to have the number of original sheets always counted. The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 562
be installed. • When using USB memory mode, connect the USB memory device to the machine before performing the procedure below. Insert the originals face up in the document feeder tray. 1 1 Specify the destination. ☞ ENTERING DESTINATIONS (page 5-18) 2 When scanning to USB memory, there is no need - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 563
is stamped twice. (MX-M283N only) • If an error occurs during scanning, an original that was not scanned may be stamped. • MACHINE". To cancel the stamp function... Touch the [Verif. Stamp] key in the screen of step 4 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator): Default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 564
sent together as a single page. Portrait-oriented originals Transmission 1 2 1 2 Landscape-oriented originals Transmission 1 1 2 2 This function cannot be used in scan mode, USB memory mode, or data entry mode. Place the original. When placing the originals, orient them as shown below - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 565
the [OK] key. 5 Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception Touch the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 566
, only the exposure can be changed.) To cancel scanning... Press the [STOP] key ( ) to cancel the operation. • Transmission is not possible at a size smaller than the original size. • The 2in1 function cannot be used when the original is other than 8-1/2" x 11" or 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A4, B5, or A5 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 567
a description of the transmission (date, start time, name of other party, time required, number of pages, result, etc.). ☞ INFORMATION APPEARING IN THE RESULT COLUMN (page 5-109) This function cannot be used in scan mode, USB memory mode, or data entry mode. Transaction reports are printed based on - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 568
screen of step 4. • System Settings (Administrator): Transaction Report Print Select Setting This is used to set the conditions for printing transaction reports. The factory default setting is . Single Sending: Print Out All Report/ Print Out Error Report Only /No Printed Report Broadcasting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 569
touched to display the job status screen. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color Mode Mono2 Quick File Special Modes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 570
To switch between the two screens, touch the job status screen selector key ((2) below). Job queue screen (1) Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Address Set Time Pages Status 1 Broadcast0001 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 2 AAA AAA 3 BBB BBB 10:05 04/01 000/001 Waiting 1 1 10:22 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 571
type Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Scan to Desktop Internet fax transmission Internet fax reception PC-I-Fax transmission Broadcast transmission or Inbound routing Metadata transmission (3) Name of communicating party (address) For a transmission, the name or address of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 572
printing was not possible. "Rejected" An Internet fax was sent from a party that is blocked. "NGxxxxxx" Transmission/reception was not successful because a communication error occurred (a 6-digit error code appears in xxxxxx.) "Error" An error occurred while the job was being executed. 5-104 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 573
TO A NETWORK ADDRESS (Inbound Routing Settings) (page 5-115) • Received Internet fax is not printed "Receiving" appears while the Internet fax is being received. When reception is completed, the job moves to the job queue of the job status screen of scan mode. • Received Internet fax is printed - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 574
document filing function, broadcast transmission jobs, and received Internet fax forwarding jobs. Touch the key of the job for addresses again.* * Recalling is not possible for a broadcast transmission that includes a Scan to FTP address, Scan to Network Folder address, or Scan to Desktop address - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 575
or is waiting to be transmitted. JOB STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 2 (1) (1) Print Job Address 1 Broadcast 2 AAA AAA 3 BBB BBB 4 CCC CCC Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 10:05 04/01 000/001 Waiting 1 1 10:22 04/01 000/004 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 576
STATUS Press the [JOB STATUS] key. 1 (1) (1) Select the job to which you wish to give Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax priority. Address 1 Broadcast 2 AAA AAA Set Time Pages Status 10:00 04/01 020/003 Connecting 10:05 04/01 000/001 Waiting Job Queue 1 Complete (1) Touch the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 577
was no attached file, and thus printing was not possible. FAIL xx (xxxx) The transaction failed due to a communication error. First 2 digits of communication error number: Error code from 00 to 99. Last 4 digits of communication error number: Code for use by service technicians. 5-109 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 578
machine has run out of paper or toner, received Internet faxes can be forwarded to and printed by another previously stored Internet fax machine. • System Settings (Administrator): I-Fax Default refuse reception from stored addresses and domains. • System Settings (Administrator): Receiving Date & - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 579
and retrieve received faxes. Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Address Entry Exposure Fax Scan: Auto USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X100dpi Address Review File Format TIFF-F File Special Modes Quick File Preview I-Fax Manual Reception If - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 580
of whether they were received automatically or manually. • If "Fax Data Receive/Forward" is enabled in the system settings so that received faxes are forwarded to another machine, faxes retained in memory are also forwarded. At that time, the same password entry screen will appear as for printing - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 581
administrator), you can check a received image in the touch panel before printing it out. When this function is enabled, follow the steps below to print a received image. * The factory default 10:00 Not checked 04/04/2010 10:00 Checked All] key is touched, it will change into the [Cancel All] key. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 582
screen. Image Check AAA AAA 04/04/2010 10:28 SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Back 1 / 3 Display Rotation 0001 0010 (1) (2) (3) (1) printing. (6) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page", "Twice", "4 Times", "8 Times". The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 583
forwarded to an e-mail address, file server address, desktop address, or network folder address. When this function is enabled, you can also have received Internet faxes forwarded without printing them. The machine Forwarding Received Internet fax When faxes forwarded using this function are - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 584
] menu in the Web page. (2) Enter the sender address in "Internet Fax Address" or "Fax Number" as appropriate, and click the [Add to List] button. 2 The entered address will be added to the "Address to be Entered" list. • Specify whether the address will be directly entered (maximum of 1500 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 585
(7) Select the forwarding address. Forwarding addresses can be selected from the machine's address book. (Multiple addresses can be selected.) A maximum of 1000 forwarding addresses can be stored (a combined maximum of 100 file server, desktop, and network folder addresses can be stored). (8) Click - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 586
SCANNER/INTERNET FAX (2) Specifying forwarding tables to be used. To use the inbound routing function, enable the forwarding tables that you wish to use from among the stored - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 587
on the document glass. Scan Internet Fax Fax USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Touch the [PC Scan] tab to switch to PC Scan mode. This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. If the [PC Scan] tab does not appear, touch the tab to move the screen. Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 588
[At your computer] 3 SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Start the TWAIN-compliant application on your computer and select [Select Scanner] from the [File] menu. 4 (1) 5 Select the scanner driver of the machine. (1) Select [SHARP MFP TWAIN K]. (2) Click the [Select] button. (2) Select [Acquire Image] from the [ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 589
"Photo", "FAX" or "OCR" depending on the original type and your scanning purpose. If you wish to change the initial machine will be scanned. You can also set the scanning area in the preview window with your mouse. (3) Click the [Preview] button. The preview image will appear in the scanner driver - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 590
in the preview window. [Image Size] button: Click this button to specify the scan area by entering numerical values. Pixels, mm, or inches can be selected for the units of 7 the numerical values. If a scanning area has already been specified, the entered numbers will change the area relative - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 591
[At the machine] 9 This machine is in the PC scan mode. Do not remove the original. Scanner IP address:250.160.102.106 Exit 10 PC scan in progress. Finish PC scan mode? No Yes SCANNER/INTERNET FAX Touch the [Exit] key in the touch panel. Touch the [Yes] key. 5-123 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 592
, a sophisticated document solution environment can be built. Metadata (XML file) Scan to Desktop Client PC that uses Network Scanner Tool Image file Server Scan to E-mail Scan to FTP Scan to Network Folder Fax server, document management software, workflow application, encryption server, etc - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 593
using one-touch keys, manual entry, and/or a global address book search. (Addresses for which metadata entry is not allowed cannot be specified as transmission destinations.) METADATA TRANSMISSION FOR SCAN TO DESKTOP When Network Scanner Tool is used in its factory default configuration, a file will - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 594
Original Fax Scan: Data Entry Auto 8½x11 Send: Address Entry Exposure Auto Text Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Auto Switch to data entry mode and display the metadata set screen. (1) Touch the [Data Entry] tab. (2) Touch the [Metadata Entry] key. Address Review File Format PDF - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 595
key. Scan Internet Fax Fax Data Entry Select image settings and any other Address Book Original Scan: Auto 8½x11 Send: Auto settings, and perform the scan send Address Entry Exposure Auto Text procedure. 6 Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 596
Previously defined fields: These fields are automatically recognized by the machine and assigned to appropriate XML tags. These fields are selectable address of selected sender) documentSubject Job name appearing in the e-mail "Subject" line, or job name on the fax cover sheet. When the user - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 597
procedures for using the document filing function. The document filing function allows you to save the document data of a copy or fax job, or the data of a print job, as a file on the machine's hard drive. The file can be called up as needed. This chapter assumes that you are already familiar with - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 598
data of a print job, as a file on the machine's hard drive. The stored file can be retrieved and printed or transmitted as needed. Saving a file Scan Internet Fax Retrieving and using a stored file Print Send Fax Print Copy Hard drive Scan to HDD Hard drive Document information used in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 599
takes time to find the form you need. Using document filing The required form can be easily retrieved from the document filing list, and document management is much more efficient. Paid holiday forms? Daily report Business forms? trip forms? File Retrieve Scan to HDD Main Folder HDD Status - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 600
is selected as the destination of "File" and "Scan to HDD". • System Settings: Document Filing Control (page 7-24) This is used to create custom folders for document filing. A password can also be established for a custom folder. • System Settings (Administrator): User List This is used to store - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 601
of pages and number of files that can be stored in the Quick File folder Maximum number of pages 10000 Maximum number of files 1000 Copying in sort mode uses the same memory area as the Quick File folder. For this reason, when too much data has been stored in the Quick File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 602
folders automatically deleted at regular intervals by specifying the folders and the time. Periodic deletion of files stored in the machine on Friday at 6:00 PM. Automatic file deletion settings are configured in "Automatic Deletion of File Settings" in the system settings (administrator). To check - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 603
it from other files. User name: Use this to specify the owner of the file. The user name must first be stored in "User List" in the system settings. File Name: A file name can be entered. Folder: Select which folder the file will be saved in. Confidential: A password (5 to 8 digits) can be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 604
and transmitted. (2) (1) COPY Ready to send. IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING Resend Scan Internet Fax Address Book Original Fax Scan: USB Mem. Scan PC Scan Auto Send: Auto Address Entry Exposure Auto Send Settings Resolution 200X200dpi Address Review File Format PDF File Color - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 605
(page 3-54) in "3. PRINTER". Using document filing in PC-Fax/PC-I-Fax mode To use document filing in PC-Fax or PC-I-Fax mode, select document filing settings in the PC-Fax driver. For more information, see Help in the PC-Fax driver. System Settings (Administrator): Customize Key Setting Registration - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 606
FTP server is stored or a USB memory device is connected to the machine. ☞ "DIRECTLY PRINTING FROM THE MACHINE" (page 3-57) in "3. PRINTER" (6) [Search] key Touch this key to search for a file stored in a folder. You can search using the user name, file name, or folder name. ☞ SEARCHING FOR A STORED - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 607
mode. SAVING A FILE WITH "Quick File" When copying, printing or transmitting a document in copy mode, print mode, or image send mode (excluding USB memory scan mode), "Quick File" can be selected to save an image of the document to the Quick File folder. The image can retrieved at a later time - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 608
, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. Only the file name and location of a file stored in the Quick File Folder can be changed. To cancel Quick File... Touch the [Quick File] key in the screen of step 2 so that it is no longer highlighted. System Settings (Administrator - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 609
11x17 Plain 81/2x11 2-Sided Copy Output File Quick File Copy Ratio 100% Original Auto 8½x11 Paper Select Auto 8½x11 Plain Preview 3 (1) File Information Confidential Password User Name User Unknown File Name Stored to Copy_04042010_112030AM Main Folder (2) Cancel OK Select the "File - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 610
copy settings are also saved. 4 • For the procedure for placing the original, see step 4 of "SAVING A FILE WITH "Quick File"" (page 6-11). To cancel scanning ) Stored to: Main Folder When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. To - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 611
name File Information Cancel OK 1 Confidential Password User Name User Unknown File Name Stored to Copy_04042010_112030AM Main Folder Touch the [User Name] key. When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. In this case, this step is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 612
2 Stored to: Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 All Folders ABCD EFGHI JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ OK 1 2 Select the folder in which you want to store the file. (1) Touch the key of the folder where you want to store the file. If a password has been set - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 613
password (5 to 8 digits) with the numeric keys. File Information (1) (2) 1 Confidential Password User Name Name 1 File Name Stored to file-01 User and a password can be entered. (2) Touch the [Password] key. Password Cancel OK 2 Enter password via the 10-Key pad. Enter a password (5 to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 614
DOCUMENT FILING SAVING A DOCUMENT FILE ONLY (Scan to HDD) Scan to HDD is used to store a scanned document in the Main folder or a custom folder. Neither printing nor transmission are performed. "Scan to HDD" SCREEN The following screen appears when the [Scan to HDD] tab is touched in document - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 615
a different size than the original size, touch the [Store Size] key and change the store size. (3) Touch the appropriate orientation key. If the top edge of original type for the original to be scanned. (2) Select [Auto] or [Manual]. If you selected [Manual], touch the or key to adjust the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 616
Format of Mono2 High Capacity Mode Send Allowed Mode The following settings can be selected for the scanning color when the [START] key is pressed. Mode Scanning method Full Color The original is scanned in full color. This mode is best for full color originals such as catalogues. Even when the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 617
originals mixed together with 11" x 17" (A3) size originals. When scanning the originals, the machine automatically detects the size of each original. Originals of mixed widths and sizes can be scanned (11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 14", 11" x 17" and 8-1/2" x 13", 11" x 17" and 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" (A3 and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 618
applies to all pages in the file, not just the displayed page. (4) [Start Storing] key This starts Scan to HDD. (5) Display zoom key Use this to set the zoom ratio of the displayed image. Changes from the left in the order "Full Page", "Twice", "4 Times", "8 Times". The setting applies to all pages - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 619
and file name are automatically assigned to the file. User Name: User Unknown File Name: Mode_Month-Day-Year_Hour-Minute-Second (Example: HDD_04042010_112030AM) Stored to: Main Folder When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. 6-23 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 620
in the web pages. Change the mode. COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder Quick File Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Search - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 621
Scan to HDD Main Folder HDD Status Ex Data Access Search Back File Name file-01 file-02 file-03.tiff file-04 file-05.tiff Switch Display All Files User . Name 1 8½x11 Cancel F. Color Send Delete Property Change Image Check Detail Select the desired operation and configure settings. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 622
depending on whether or not user authentication is enabled on the machine. When user authentication is not enabled (1) (2) (3) Folder Select Main Folder Quick File Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 623
, the job setting screen appears. Job icons Copy Fax transmission Scan to FTP PC-Fax transmission Internet fax transmission Direct SMTP transmission Scan to E-mail Scan to Desktop PC-I-Fax transmission Print Scan to HDD Scan to Network Folder Thumbnail screen The first page of thumbnail images - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 624
in a folder for printing. ☞ MULTI-FILE PRINTING (page 6-33) (7) Sort Order / Display Items This can be used in the thumbnail screen. The order of display of the file thumbnails can be changed in "Sort Order". Select "Date ", "Date ", "File Name ", "File Name ", "User Name ", or "User Name ". The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 625
select a file to be used. 1 (2) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Search - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 626
change the location of a file (move a file to a different folder). ☞ MOVING A STORED FILE (page 6-41) (5) [Send] key This is used to send a stored file by fax, Internet fax, scan Settings / Detail File Name file-01 Folder:Main Folder Size:8½x11 Date:04/04/2010 11:20 AM Data Size:40B Document Style: - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 627
be printed. A file stored from scan mode that included fax mode or Internet fax mode destinations in a broadcast transmission can be printed. • If print settings are changed when a stored file is printed, the only changed setting that can be stored is the number of copies. • The printing speed may - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 628
paper size. (2) [Output] key Use this key to select Sort, Group or Staple Sort, and to select the output tray. (3) [2-Sided] key Use this key to set the number of copies. The number of copies can also be selected by directly touching the numeric display and changing the number with the numeric keys - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 629
used to print all files of a particular user in a folder or all files that have the same password in a folder. For more information, see "Batch printing" files are selected without using the [Select All] key, the key will not change into the [Cancel All] key. If selection of all files is canceled - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 630
the number of selected files display. If you wish to use the number of copies that was stored with the file, go to step (3). (1) Touch the selected ( ). (2) Set the number of copies with the keys. You can also directly touch the numeric display and change the number with the numeric keys. (3) Touch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 631
Files User Name Password Delete the Data Cancel Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data Change PRT.No. Touch the [User Name] key. When user authentication is used, the user name that was used for login is automatically selected. (C) (B)(D) (A) 3 User Name 6 12 18 Default User Direct - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 632
Number from Stored Setting of Each Job. (1) (2) (3) 6 Batch Print User 1/ All Files User Name Password Name 1 Delete the Data Cancel Print and Delete the Data Print and Save the Data Change PRT.No. To set the number of copies, touch the [Change PRT.No.] key. If you wish to use the number of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 633
Tab Copy", "Stamp", "Sharpness", "Centering" • Depending on the reduction or enlargement ratio used when storing a file, it may not be possible to send the stored file using a selected resolution setting. In this event, try changing the resolution. However, when sending a stored file by Internet fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 634
in the address book. (3) [Address Entry] key or [Sub Address] key Use this key to directly enter an address when sending a file in scan mode or Internet Fax mode. In fax mode this appears as the "Sub Address" key. Use this key to enter a sub-address and password for F-code communication. (4) [Send - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 635
or manually deleted. folder or a custom folder, [Sharing] or [Confidential] can be selected. Sharing Protect Confidential A [Sharing] file can be changed to [Protect] or [Confidential] using [Property Change] in the Job Settings. "Protect" prevents a file from being moved or deleted. A password - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 636
that is saved in the Quick File folder can only be changed to "Sharing". • A file that is saved in the Quick File folder cannot be changed to "Confidential". If the file is moved to the Main folder or a custom folder, the property can be changed to "Confidential". • Two properties cannot be selected - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 637
file is not copied to the specified folder with the original file remaining in the original location.) • To change the file name, touch the [File Name] key. (1) (2) Job Settings / Move OK Main Folder User 1 3 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 User 2 1 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 All - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 638
Job Settings / Move file-01 Name 1 Select the folder the file is moved to. File Name Move to: file-01 User 2 8½x11 Cancel Mono2 Move Touch the [Move] key. A file whose property is "Protect" cannot be moved. To move a protected file, change its property to "Sharing" or "Confidential". 6-42 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 639
touch the [Delete] key. ☞ SELECTING A FILE (page 6-29) 1 Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Move Name 1 8½x11 Cancel B/W Send Delete Property Change Image Check Detail Touch the [Delete] key. Delete the file data? Name 1 2 file-01 No Yes Check the file and then touch the [Yes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 640
the image check screen on the touch panel. 1 Job Settings file-01 Select the job. Print Move Name 1 8½x11 Cancel B/W Send Delete Property Change Image Check Detail Touch the [Image Check] key. Image Check file-01 2 Back Check the image of the file. Name 1 8½x11 Mono2 For information - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 641
to that page number. • For a print file, only an image of the first page of the file is shown; the displayed page cannot be changed. • When the scan data of a long original is displayed, the edge of the image may be cut off. Detail (4) (5) (6) (4) "Display Rotation" key This rotates the image - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 642
4 Copy 002/000 Waiting Spool Job Queue Complete Touch the job status selector key so that [Complete] is highlighted. Detail Priority Stop/Delete Print Job Scan to Fax Job Internet Fax Select the desired file in the completed Jobs Completed Set Time Sets Status Computer02 11:00 04 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 643
be listed. [Search results] 1 (1) (2) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN OPQRST UVWXYZ Search - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 644
. To search for files of the selected user name that have a certain password, touch the [Password] key and enter the password. (It is not possible to search using a password only.) Using the file name or folder name to search Enter the file name or folder name in the text entry screen that appears - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 645
DOCUMENT FILING Search User Name Name 1 File or Folder Name Password file-01 4 Cancel Start Search Touch the [ file from the list. The job settings screen will appear. Search File or Folder Name file-01 Cancel Search Again User Name Name 1 Date 04/04/2010 1 1 To return to the base - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 646
within a specified folder, follow the steps below. 1 (2) (1) COPY IMAGE SEND DOCUMENT FILING File Retrieve Scan to HDD Folder Select HDD Status Ex Data Access Main Folder User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 All Folders ABCD Quick File Folder EFGHI User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 JKLMN - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 647
] key can be touched. To search for files of the selected user name that have a certain password, touch the [Password] key and enter the password. (It is not possible to search using a password only.) Using the file name or folder name to search Enter the file name in the text entry screen that - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 648
(1) (2) Cancel Start Search User Name Name 1 File or Folder Name Password file-01 Search within Current Folder 5 Start searching. (1) Touch the [Search within Current Folder] checkbox so that it is selected . To search only files that are in the current folder, select the [Search within - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 649
16 • Address Book 7-16 • Custom Index 7-18 • Program 7-19 Fax Data Receive/Forward 7-20 • I-Fax Settings 7-20 Printer Condition Settings 7-21 • Printer Default Settings 7-21 • PCL Settings 7-22 • PostScript Setting 7-23 Document Filing Control 7-24 USB-Device Check 7-25 User Control 7-25 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 650
/Disable Settings 7-90 Change Administrator Password 7-93 Product Key 7-93 Data Backup 7-94 Storing/Calling of System Settings 7-95 Sharp OSA Settings 7-96 SYSTEM SETTINGS FOR FAX System Settings for Fax (General) List 7-97 Address Control 7-98 • Address Book 7-98 • F-Code Memory Box 7-100 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 651
login as an administrator is required. For example, the following settings can be configured: • Storing users of the machine • Energy save settings • Settings related to the operation panel • Settings for peripheral devices installed on the machine. • Settings related to the copy function • Network - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 652
Type: Search Number: Address Name (Required): Initial (Optional): E-mail (1-999) Cancel OK III III JJJ JJJ Key Name: (2) Freq. ABCD EFGH IJKL MNOP QRSTU VWXYZ etc. Custom Index: User 1 (3) (8) Register this Address to be added to the [Frequent Use] index. (9) (10) (11) (1) "Sort" Use - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 653
screen appears on the touch panel. System Settings Total Count Paper Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Admin Password Exit List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the item in this screen that you wish to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 654
Select Factory default setting Page 7-11 - - Disable Disable [MM/DD/YYYY], [/], [Last], [12-Hour] English (US) 7-11 7-12 List Print (User) Item ■ List Print (User) ● All Custom Setting List ● Printer Test Page ● Sending Address List ● Document Filing Folder List Factory default setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 655
sheet paper drawer is installed. *3 When a large capacity tray is installed. Address Control Item Factory default setting ■ Address Control ● Address Book ● Custom Index ● Program - User 1 - Fax Data Receive/Forward Item ■ Fax Data Receive/Forward ● I-Fax Settings* X Reception Start X Manual - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 656
File ● PCL Settings X PCL Symbol Set Setting X PCL Font Setting X PCL Line Feed Code X Wide A4 ● PostScript Setting* X Print PS Errors X Binary Processing * When the PS3 expansion kit is installed. SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting 1 Portrait 8-1/2" x 11" Varies depending on the machine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 657
■ Document Filing Control Factory default setting Page 7-24 USB-Device Check Item ■ USB-Device Check Factory default setting - Page 7-25 User Control Item Factory default setting Page ■ User Control* 7-25 ● Modify User Information - 7-25 * When user authentication is enabled and the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 658
feeder Each sheet is counted as two pages when two-sided scanning is performed. • Stapler (when a finisher or saddle stitch finisher is installed) Two-position stapling and pamphlet stapling are counted as "2". • The items displayed (or printed) will vary depending on the machine specifications and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 659
Default Settings The default settings for operation of the machine can be configured. Touch the [Default Settings] key and select the settings. Clock Adjust Use this to set the date and time in the machine can be changed. Item Settings 11:59AM/12:00 to 11:59PM 24-Hour Display: 00:00 to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 660
lists, and the NIC page (network interface settings, etc.). • PCL Symbol Set List • PCL Internal Font List • PCL Extended Font List • PS Font List • PS Extended Font List • NIC Page Sending Address List Lists can be printed of various addresses stored in the machine. • Individual List • Group List - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 661
, or a user type, [Fax] and [Internet Fax] cannot be selected. • If the paper size specified here is different from the size of paper that is loaded in a tray, a problem or misfeed may result when printing. To change the paper size in a tray, see "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • Paper properties - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 662
343 mm (8-1/2" x 13-1/2"), 8K, 16K, 16KR Tray 4 (When a stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed) Tray 5 (When a large capacity tray is installed) Plain, Pre-Printed, Recycled, Letter Head, Pre-Punched, Color, User Type 8-1/2" x 11", A4 Bypass In addition to the paper types of trays 1 to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 663
default names are "User Type 1" - "User Type 7". Fixed Paper Side Disable Duplex Disable Staple the paper size saves you the trouble of setting the size each time change a paper size. The following screen will appear: System Settings Custom 1 Cancel OK Size Input-AB Size Input-Inch X 17 Y 11 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 664
settings (administrator) for a function, addresses cannot be stored for that function. • To store addresses for Scan to FTP, Scan to Network Folder, and Scan to Desktop... Store Scan to FTP and Scan to Network addresses in the Web pages. Store Scan to Desktop addresses using Network Scanner Tool - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 665
SMTP:Store a Direct SMTP address in a one-touch key. • Fax: Store a fax number in a one-touch key. • Group: Store multiple addresses as a group for a broadcast transmission. Search Number Set a search number. The lowest available number is automatically entered. To change the number, enter - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 666
is "HOST" Enter "user@HOST" in the [Direct SMTP Address] text box. (3) When the receiving machine is set to only receive e-mail from specific addresses Enter the specified specific e-mail address in the [Direct SMTP Address] text box. Select the "Add Hostname or IP Address Too" checkbox and enter - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 667
Program 9 Program 11 Program 2 Program 4 Program 6 Program 8 Program 10 Program 12 Back Add New • [Add New] key Use this to add a new stored addresses. Touch the [Setup] key to open the condition settings screen for an address. Select the mode in which the address is used (Internet fax, scan, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 668
forwarded to another Internet fax machine. • To store a forwarding address, see "Set Address for Data Forwarding" (page 7-83) in the system settings (administrator). • If forwarding was not successful because the transmission was canceled or a communication error occurred, the faxes that were to be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 669
does not have the provided print driver installed). When printing using the printer driver, the printer driver settings take precedence over the printer condition settings. Settings Copies Orientation Item Default Paper Size Default Output Tray Default Paper Type Initial Resolution Setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 670
change this 11". (This function may not take effect with some print methods.) *5 Only effective when printing PDF, JPEG, and TIFF files. PCL Settings This is used to set the symbol sets, fonts, and line feed code used in a PCL environment. Settings Item PCL Symbol Set Setting PCL Font Setting PCL - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 671
notice is printed and whether or not the PostScript data is received in binary format. Settings Item Print PS Error Binary Processing Description Selections When a PS (PostScript) error • (Enabled) occurs during PostScript printing, • (Disabled) this setting determines whether or not an - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 672
is touched, the following screen will appear. Folder List Sort Up All Folders User 1 User 3 User 5 User 7 User 9 ABCD Back Add New EFGHI JKLMN User 2 User 4 User 6 User 8 User 10 OPQRST UVWXYZ 1 2 • [Add New] key Use this to add a new custom folder. • List display This displays a list of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 673
not be possible to use the settings below. Modify User Information The information of the currently logged in user can be edited. Settings Item User Name Initial Index Login Name Password My Folder E-mail Address Authentication Settings Pages Limit Group Authority Group Favorite Operation Group - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 674
Tray Settings Printer Condition Settings Default Settings Address Control Document Filing Control Admin Password Exit List Print (User) Fax Data Receive/Forward USB-Device Check Touch the [Admin Password] key. System Settings Admin Password Cancel OK Enter the administrator password. (From - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 675
• If login name / password / e-mail address is selected for the authentication method, the [E-mail Address] key will appear below the "User Name". • For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. • This completes the administrator login - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 676
a user number with administrator rights. For more information on login procedures when user authentication is enabled, see "USER AUTHENTICATION" (page 1-17) in "1. BEFORE USING THE MACHINE". • To logout... Press the [LOGOUT] ( ) key. (Except when entering a fax number or when using PC scan mode - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 677
Authenticate a User by Login Name and Password Disabled ● Other Settings X Actions when the Limit of Pages for Output Jobs X The Number of User Name Displayed Setting X A Warning when Login Fails X Disabling of Printing by Invalid User X Automatically print stored jobs after login X Default Network - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 678
Energy save Item ■ Energy Save ● Toner Save Mode X Print X Copy ● Auto Power Shut-Off ● Auto Power Shut-Off Timer MFP Display Pattern Setting ● Customize Key Setting*1 X Copy ‹ Customize 1 ‹ Customize 2 ‹ Customize 3 SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Disabled Disabled Enabled 1 min. 10 min. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 679
‹ Operational Authority ‹ View Password Entry Screen SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Address Review File Quick File Page - - - - - All Disabled Full Page Scan Send: Full Page Internet Fax Send: Full Page Fax Send: Full Page Data Entry: Full Page USB Memory Scan: Full Page Reception Data - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 680
Item Factory default setting X Operation from Specified PC ‹ Operational Authority Prohibited ‹ Hostname or IP Address of PC - ‹ View Password Entry Screen Display in Both PC and MFP X Operation by User who Has Password ‹ Operational Authority Prohibited ‹ View Password Entry Screen - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 681
tray is installed. *4 When a stand/1 x 500 sheet paper drawer / stand/2 x 500 sheet paper drawer is installed. *5 When a saddle stitch finisher Stitch* X Initial Tab Copy Setting X Disabling Deletion of Job Programs Factory default setting Varies depending on the machine configuration Auto 100% 1- - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 682
-Tray in Duplex Copy X Disabling of Auto Paper Selection X Auto Selection Setting of Tray that is Supplied the Paper X 600dpi x 600dpi Scanning Mode for Document Feeder X Quick Scan from Document Glass * When a saddle stitch finisher is installed. Network Settings ■ Network Settings ● IPv4 Settings - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 683
X USB Port Emulation Switching X Enable Network Port X Network Port Emulation Switching X Port Switching Method Image Send Settings Item ■ Image Send Settings ● Operation Settings X Other Settings ‹ Default Display Settings • Hold settings for a while after scanning has been completed ‹ Address Book - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 684
SYSTEM SETTINGS Item ‹ Initial Resolution Setting • Scan • Internet Fax*1 • Fax*2 ‹ Default Exposure Settings • Original Image Type • Moiré Reduction ‹ Must Input Next Address Key at Broadcast Setting ‹ Scan Complete Sound Setting ‹ The Number of File Name/Subject/Body Keys Displayed Setting ‹ The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 685
Size of Data Attachments (FTP/Desktop/Network Folder) ‹ Bcc Setting • Enable Bcc • Display Bcc Address on the Job Status Screen ‹ Disable Scan Function • USB Memory Scan • PC Scan ‹ Pre-Setting Mail Signature X Default Address Setting ● I-Fax Settings*1 X I-Fax Default Settings ‹ Auto Wake Up Print - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 686
Allow/Reject Mail or Domain Name Setting *1 When the Internet fax expansion kit is installed. *2 When the facsimile expansion kit is installed. *3 When network connection is enabled. SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Print Out Error Report Only Print Out All Report No Printed Report Disabled - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 687
Delete Folder ‹ Change Password X Delete All Quick Files ‹ Delete ‹ Delete quick files at power up (protected files excluded) X Default Color Mode Settings X Default Exposure Settings ‹ Original Image Type ‹ Moiré Reduction X Initial Resolution Settings X Scan Complete Sound Setting X Default Output - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 688
PC-Fax)*3 ‹ Scan to HDD X Scan Send ‹ Copy ‹ Scan Send ‹ Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax)*2 ‹ Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax)*3 ‹ Scan to HDD X Internet Fax Send*2 ‹ Copy ‹ Scan Send ‹ Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) ‹ Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) ‹ Scan to HDD X Fax Send*3 ‹ Copy ‹ Scan Send ‹ Internet Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 689
Administrator) Item ■ List Print (Administrator) ● Administrator Settings List ● Image Sending Activity Report ● Data Receive/Forward List ● Web Settings List*1 ● Metadata Set List*2 *1 When network Factory default setting - - - - - Page 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 7-88 Factory default setting Page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 690
of Bypass-Tray in Duplex Copy X Disabling of Auto Paper Selection ● Printer Settings X Prohibit Notice Page Printing X Prohibit Test Page Printing X Exclude Bypass-Tray from Auto Paper Select X Disabling of USB Memory Direct Print X Disabling of Network Folder Direct Print SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 691
installed. Page 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-91 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 7-92 Change Administrator Password Item ■ Change Administrator Password Factory default setting See "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. Page 7-93 7-43 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 692
Current Configuration - ● Restore Configuration - Sharp OSA Settings Item Factory default setting ■ Sharp OSA Settings ● External Account Setting* X External Account Control X Enable Authentication by External Server ● USB Driver Settings X External Keyboard X USB Memory X Level of Encryption - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 693
for one-sided copying only. • If auto login fails for some reason when auto login is enabled, or the login user does not have administrator rights, all system settings or the system settings (administrator) will lock. In this event, the administrator should touch the [Admin Password] key in the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 694
Automatically print stored jobs after login When retention is enabled in the printer driver and print data has been spooled to the machine, you can have the spooled print data automatically print out when the user who enabled retention logs in. Default Network Authentication Server Setting Use this - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 695
in "Custom Folder" in each machine. The directory information of the LDAP server that is used cannot be changed from the machine. Consult the administrator of the LDAP server. Users auto-registered When access control is enabled and login is performed by network authentication, the user information - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 696
E-mail Address My Folder Information is acquired from the LDAP server. Pages Limit Group Authority Group Favorite Operation Group * If the user name cannot be acquired, the first 16 characters of the text string entered as the user name for network authentication is used. If the login name - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 697
in the login user screen.) For settings related to each of the users, see the following table. User Name Administrator User Other User Login Name admin users Other Password (See the Safety Guide.)* 1 users*1 - My Folder Main Folder Authentication Settings Login Locally - 7-49 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 698
by login name/password is enabled (1 to 32 characters). (The password can be omitted.) E-mail Address Enter the e-mail address used in the sender list and for LDAP authentication (maximum of 64 characters). My Folder A folder ("My Folder") can be specified as the folder used by the user for - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 699
user is stored. When the [Page Limit Group List] key is touched, the following screen appears. System Settings Page Limit Group List Group 1 Group 3 Group 5 Group 7 Group 9 Group 11 Group 2 Group 4 Group 6 Group 8 Group 10 Group 12 Back Add New • [Add to the factory default state, set "Select - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 700
Group 7 Group 9 Group 11 Group 2 Group 4 Group 6 Group 8 Group 10 Group 12 Back Add New • [Add New] key Use this to add a new group. • List default settings of template groups" (page 7-53). To return a group to the factory default state, select [Return to Administrator Authority], [Return to User - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 701
Copy Copy Approval Setting Special Modes Usage Printer Printer Approval Setting FTP Pull Print USB Memory Direct Print Network Folder Pull Print Image Send Approval Settings for Each Mode • E-mail • FTP • Desktop • Network Folder • USB Memory • PC Scan • Internet Fax Send • PC-I-Fax Send • Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 702
Settings Prohibited Custom Link Setting Prohibited Operation Manual Download Allowed *1 For information on each setting, see the system settings (general/administrator) lists. *2 All allowed except "Change Administrator Password". Allowed Prohibited Prohibited [1-Sided/2-Sided Approved] All - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 703
Copy Ratio, Duplex, and Output. Select settings for Resolution, Exposure, Color Mode, File Format, and Original Image Type. Store the default fax in the printer driver and print data has been spooled to the machine, you can have the spooled print data automatically print out when the user who enabled - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 704
Enter a maximum of 70 characters for the title name. Show the currently logged-in user name on the My Menu. Show the date and time on the My Menu. Select name of the key selected in "Key Number" can be changed (maximum of 48 characters). Specify the function that you want to use in the key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 705
total number of pages printed by each user. When the [User Count] key is touched, the following screen appears. User Count Index Switch ABC Sorting Order Search Number Select All Users Administrator Other User *Name 2 *Name 4 Name 6 Show Delete User Name 1 Name 3 Name 5 Name 7 Back 1 2 All - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 706
of the selected item to "0". Clear All Counts Reset all items of the selected user to "0". When multiple users are selected Item Description Show Counts The counts and the number of pages remaining of the selected users are shown by function. Clear Count Reset the count of the selected item - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 707
toner used for printing. Print data Print example when "Toner Save Mode" is enabled [Print] in Toner Save Mode is only effective when the machine's printer driver is not used. When the printer driver is used, the printer driver altogether. (The time setting is changed using "Auto Power Shut-Off - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 708
panel can be changed. When user authentication is enabled and a display language is specified in the favorite operation group, that setting is given priority. Default Display Settings Set the screen that appears after auto clear and login. You can select the base screen of copy, fax / image send - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 709
of Clock Adjustment This setting is used to prohibit changing of the date and time. Disabling of Covers/Inserts in the special functions is enabled for each function. Copy • Copy Image Send • Scan • Internet Fax • Fax Job • Data Entry Document Filing • Scan to HDD SYSTEM SETTINGS 7-61 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 710
their factory default state. This setting can only be configured in the Web pages. It cannot be configured in the touch panel of the machine. Home Key image can be changed using a gif file of up to 10 KB in size. Application Keys Up to four shortcut keys for Sharp OSA applications can be stored - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 711
Name The name of the key selected in "Key Number" can be changed (maximum of 48 characters). Link Item Specify the function that you want to when user authentication is not enabled. This setting can only be configured in the Web pages. It cannot be configured in the touch panel of the machine. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 712
Preview Set the selection state of the [Preview] key in each of the screens below. Copy Image Send • Scan Send • Internet Fax Send • Fax Send • Data Entry • USB Memory Scan • Address Book Document Filing • Scan to HDD Default Preview Display Set the display zoom ratio of the preview screen for - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 713
factory default setting for the port number is [50001]. Unless you experience difficulty with this setting, do not change the port number. • To use the tandem function when user authentication is enabled, the same login name and password must be used on both the master machine and slave machine. If - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 714
on the upper finisher tray reaches the sheet limit, output will automatically switch to the lower tray. Optimization of a Hard Disk This function optimizes the hard drive of the machine by defragmenting data. If a job is in progress, a message will appear and optimization will not begin until the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 715
216 mm x 340 mm (8-1/2" x 13-2/5") A3, A4, A4R, A5, B5, B5R, 216 mm x 343 mm (8-1/2" x 13-1/2") A3, A4, A4R, A5, B4, B5, B5R, 11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 11", 216 mm x 343 mm (8-1/2" x 13-1/2") Cancel Detection at Document Glass Original size detection on the document glass can be disabled. When this is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 716
is used to prohibit stapling, such as when the used to control the toner fusing temperature according to printed paper, letterhead paper, colored paper, and user type paper. You can select "16 to 23 are changed, the changes will take effect after the machine is restarted. To restart the machine see " - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 717
of the machine (not just the copy function). Initial Status Settings The copier settings are reset when the [POWER] key ( ) is turned on, when the [CLEAR ALL] key ( ) is pressed, or when the auto clear interval has elapsed. These settings are used to change the default settings for copy mode. The - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 718
changed. Preset ratios other than added preset ratios cannot be changed. Setting a Maximum Number of Copies stapling take place automatically when the pamphlet copy function is used. Initial Tab Copy Setting This is used to set the default image shift width (tab width) for tab copying. The default - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 719
it is recommended that you enable this setting. 600dpi x 600dpi Scanning Mode for Document Feeder This is used to change the scanning resolution for copying using the automatic document feeder from 600 x 300 dpi (MX-M363N/MX-M503N)/600 x 400dpi (MX-M283N) to 600 x 600 dpi (high quality mode). When - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 720
is enabled, it is not necessary to manually enter an IP address. Manual Address Enter the IP address of the machine. Prefix Length Enter the prefix length (0 to 128). Default Gateway Enter the IP Gateway address. • If the machine will be used on a TCP/IP network, be sure to enable "Enable TCP/IP - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 721
PDF job is printed, the job appears in the spool queue. Disabling of USB Memory Direct Print This setting is used to disable printing of files on USB memory. When this setting is enabled, "USB Memory" in the External Data Access screen cannot be used to print files. Disabling of Network Folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 722
select the emulated printer language when the machine is connected by a network port. The settings are shown below. • Auto • PostScript* • PCL * When the PS3 expansion kit is installed. • The settings are the same as those of "USB Port Emulation Switching". • Unless printer errors occur frequently - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 723
Switch • ABC • Group Address Type • All • E-mail • FTP/Desktop • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax • Group Initial Resolution Setting The following settings are available for the default resolutions of scan, Internet fax, and fax mode. Scan : 100X100 dpi, 200X200 dpi - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 724
. The faxes can be printed by entering a password (factory default setting: 0000) with the numeric keys. Password When [Hold Setting for Received Data Print] is enabled, enter the password (4-digit number). These settings can only be configured when there is no received data in the machine's memory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 725
: Clear all selections. Disable Direct Entry This prohibits the direct entry of addresses. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All: Select all items. Clear Checked: Clear all selections. Disable PC - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 726
to enter the Internet fax address, fax number of the machine and the name of the user. Sender Data Registration Use this to store the sender name for fax and Internet fax, the sender number for fax, and the sender address for Internet fax. The stored sender name and fax sender number or Internet - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 727
to set the default file format for Scan to E-mail and USB memory mode when the e-mail address is entered manually by touching the [Address Entry] key. File Format PDF, TIFF, JPEG*1, Compact PDF*2,4, Compact PDF (Ultra Fine)*2,4, Encrypt PDF, Encry./Compact PDF*3,4, Encrypt/Compact PDF (Ultra Fine - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 728
7-82) in the Internet Fax Send Settings. Pre-Setting Mail to append a specific signature at the end address. • When this setting is enabled, the base screen changes to scan mode. • Only a single default address can be set for Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, and Scan to Network Folder - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 729
default compression mode for Internet fax transmission. The settings are shown below. • MH (G3) • MMR (G4) Speaker Volume Setting This is used to adjust the volume of fax receive signals and communication error signals heard through the speaker. A fax receive signal sounds after the machine checks - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 730
be printed). • The Image Sending Activity Report can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88) in the system settings (administrator). Body Text Print Select Setting Image files attached to Internet faxes are normally printed. This setting can be enabled to also have the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 731
received fax, the fax can be forwarded to another machine. This setting is used to configure the address of the other machine. Forwarding to Enter the forwarding address (maximum of 64 characters). Direct SMTP Select this to enable forwarding when direct SMTP is used. Add Hostname or IP Address Too - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 732
screen to delete it from the list. When there are no stored anti junk mail addresses or domains, only the [Add New] key can be selected. I-Fax Output Setting This sets the output tray for received Internet faxes. The items that appear will vary depending the machine configuration. 7-84 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 733
: • File Name • User Name • Date Administrator Authority Setting For files and user folders that have a password, this setting allows the administrator password to be entered instead of the password when accessing the file or folder. The administrator can also change the password. Delete All Quick - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 734
default output tray for printing a file stored by Scan to HDD. The items that appear will vary depending the machine configuration. Card Shot Settings This is used to set the default setting is already selected, it will not be possible to change the stamp setting. This function can be used to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 735
added to the machine. Item Print Scan Send Internet Fax Send (Incl. PC-I-Fax) Fax Send (Incl. PC-Fax) Description For folder separately, select [Folder Select] and select the desired folder. To select all folders, including the folder currently being created, select [All Folders (Including folders - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 736
• Copy • Print • Image Send • Document Filing • Security • Common • All Administrator Settings List Image Sending Activity Report The following Image Sending Activity Reports can each be separately printed. • Image Sending Activity Report (Scan) • Image Sending Activity Report (Internet Fax) • Image - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 737
to authenticate a user to allow use of the machine. IEEE802.1X protocol defines port-based authentication for both wired and wireless networks. Use IEEE802 to the machine, or the settings may not allow printing, scanning, or Web page display. In this case, deselect this setting and change the Web - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 738
User Control Disabling of Printing by Invalid User Printing by users whose information is not stored in the machine, such as printing without entering valid user information in the printer driver because the paper required for the job to prohibit changing of the enabled, scanning is prohibit stapling, - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 739
used to disable PC scan and USB memory scan. When these modes are disabled, they are grayed out when the mode is changed in the base screen. Settings to Disable Registration Disable Registering Destination from Operation Panel This disables address control from the machine. Configure the setting for - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 740
the direct entry of addresses. Configure the setting for each of the following items: • E-mail • Network Folder • Internet Fax (Including Direct SMTP) • Fax Select All: Select all to prohibit the selection of the [All Users] key and the [User Unknown] key in the user selection screen. 7-92 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 741
change the administrator password. Password Enter the new administrator password (5 to 32 characters). Password (confirmation) Enter the new password once again for confirmation purposes. For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 742
to import data written to USB memory back into the machine. The following data is not copied when device cloning is performed: • List print and fax forwarding items. • Count and device status display items. • IP address of the machine, device name, administrator password, sender names for image send - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 743
before restoring the factory default settings, print the current settings using "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88) in the system settings (administrator). When settings are changed, the changes will take effect after the machine is restarted. To restart the machine see "TURNING THE POWER - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 744
priority to job processing speed, select "Printing". Note that this setting does not change the animation playing speed when the machine is not processing a print job. USB Driver Settings Set the driver of the USB device to be connected. External Keyboard Select whether the internal or external - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 745
Settings for Fax (Administrator) List" (page 7-103). Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. Address Control ■ Address Control ● Address Book ● F-Code Memory Box Item Fax Data Receive/Forward Item ■ Fax Data Receive - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 746
Address Control Address Book This section explains items specifically used for fax in "Address Control". For items that are also used for other functions, see "Address Control" (page 7-16). When the [Address Book] key is touched, the following screen appears. Address Book Add machine in an F-code - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 747
the [/] key. (5) Enter the passcode (maximum of 20 digits). A passcode is not necessary if the destination machine does not use a passcode. The destination fax number can be a maximum of 64 digits including all numbers and characters. However, only the first 32 digits will appear in the display. Set - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 748
be selected to open an edit/delete screen for the memory box. Storing a memory box Touch the [Add New] key in the above screen to open a registration screen. A total of 100 F-code memory boxes for all functions (polling memory, confidential, and relay broadcast) can be stored. For information on - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 749
of the end recipients (up to 30) in the memory box. The sub-address and passcode that you program in the memory box are necessary for the other machine to perform an F-code relay request transmission (ask your machine to relay a fax). Memory Box Name Enter a name (maximum of 18 characters) for the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 750
to the machine. Fax reception is begun by manual operation after answering on the extension phone. Specify whether or not two or more copies of received faxes will be printed. The number of copies is set in "Fax Output Settings", (page 7-109). Staple Specify whether or not stapling is performed - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 751
see "Accessing the System Settings (Administrator)" (page 7-26). • Depending on the machine specifications and peripheral devices installed, it may not be possible to use some settings. Image Send Settings Item ■ Image Send Settings ● Fax Settings X Fax Default Settings ‹ Dial Mode Setting ‹ Auto - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 752
Fax Output Settings X Allow/Reject Number Setting X Fax Polling Security SYSTEM SETTINGS Factory default setting Page Print Out Error 2 Disabled Enabled Auto Size Select - Disabled Disabled Varies depending on the machine configuration All disabled Enabled 7-106 7-106 7-106 7-107 7-107 7-107 7- - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 753
SYSTEM SETTINGS Image Send Settings Settings related to the image send function (scan, Internet fax, etc.) can be configured. Touch the [Image Send Settings] key to configure the settings. Fax Settings Fax Default Settings The fax settings can be enabled or disabled to suit the needs of your - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 754
can also be printed manually. See "List Print (Administrator)" (page 7-88). ECM Line conditions can sometimes distort a transmitted fax image. When ECM (Error Correction Mode) is turned on, pages that are distorted are automatically re-transmitted. If the other machine supports Super G3, ECM will - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 755
will not begin until all pages have been scanned. Note that this setting does not apply to manual transmission. Printing Page Number at Receiver This setting is used to add the page number to the top of each fax page printed by the receiving machine. Date/Own Number Print Position Setting This - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 756
Forwarding When a problem prevents the machine from printing a received fax, the received fax can be forwarded to another fax machine. This setting is used to program the fax number of the destination fax machine. Only one forwarding fax number can be programmed (maximum of 64 digits). To insert - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 757
setting is enabled, ledger (11" x 17") size faxes are also reduced. Fax Output Settings These settings are used to select the number of copies and output tray for received faxes. When a finisher is installed, the finisher tray can be selected as the output tray and stapling can be selected. Output - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 758
is used, this setting determines whether any machine will be allowed to poll your machine, or only machines that have been stored in your machine. Add New When the Polling Security Setting is enabled, use this setting to store (or delete) the fax numbers of the machines that are allowed to poll your - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 759
you are unable to solve a problem using this manual, please contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. System settings Descriptions of system settings similar to the following example appear in this manual. Example: ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Copy Function Settings" > "Other - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 760
from the machine. Fusing unit REMOVING MISFEEDS When a paper misfeed occurs, the message "A misfeed has occurred." will appear in the touch panel and printing and scanning will stop. In this event, touch the [Information] key in the touch panel. When the key is touched, instructions for removing - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 761
TROUBLESHOOTING PAPER MISFEED ILLUSTRATIONS If you require more information when reading the instructions in the touch panel, 8-6 (14) (15) (1)(2)(3) (4) (5) (12) (6) (7) (8) (9) (16) (10) (11) (13) (1) Paper misfeed in the finisher (large stacker) (2) Paper misfeed in the punch module - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 762
TROUBLESHOOTING (3) Original misfeed Open the document feeder cover and remove the misfed originals fusing unit area is hot. Take care not to burn yourself. (Do not touch any metal parts.) Unfused toner may remain on the paper that is removed. Take care that it does not soil your hands or clothing. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 763
TROUBLESHOOTING (12) Paper misfeed in the finisher Open the front cover. (9) Paper misfeed in tray 1 to tray 4 (side) The misfeed may have occurred inside the machine misfed paper. Make sure that there is no misfed paper in the machine. (11) Paper misfeed in tray 1 to tray 4 (in the tray) Before - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 764
(14) Paper misfeed in the saddle stitch finisher (top) Open the top cover and remove the misfed paper. TROUBLESHOOTING When a punch module is installed. Open the front cover. (16) Paper misfeed in the saddle stitch finisher (bottom) Open the front cover. Turn the roller - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 765
TROUBLESHOOTING REMOVING STAPLE JAMS Follow the steps below to remove a staple jam. ☞ FINISHER ☞ FINISHER (LARGE STACKER) (page 8-9) ☞ SADDLE STITCH FINISHER (page 8-11) FINISHER Open the cover. 1 While pressing the lever over to the left, slide the finisher to the left until it stops. 2 Gently - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 766
TROUBLESHOOTING Lower the lever at the front end of the staple case. 5 Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Slide the finisher back to the right. Gently slide the finisher back to the right until it locks - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 767
STACKER) TROUBLESHOOTING Open the front cover. 1 Squeeze the green parts of the staple case and pull the case up and then out. 2 Lower the lever at the front end of the staple case and remove the jammed staple. Remove the leading staple if it is bent. If bent staples remain, a staple jam will - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 768
TROUBLESHOOTING Push the staple case firmly back in. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 5 Close the front cover. 6 Make a test print or copy using the staple function to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-10 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 769
SADDLE STITCH FINISHER Finisher unit TROUBLESHOOTING Open the front cover. 1 While pulling the lever, slide the saddle stitch finisher to the left until it stops. 2 Lower the staple case release lever and remove the staple case. 3 Pull the staple case out to the right. Raise the lever at the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 770
TROUBLESHOOTING Replace the staple case. Push the staple case in until it clicks into place. 6 Push the saddle stitch finisher back and latch it to the machine. 7 Close the front cover. 8 Make a test print or copy in staple sort mode to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-12 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 771
TROUBLESHOOTING Saddle stitch unit Before starting this procedure, remove all output from the output tray of the saddle stitch finisher. Do not replace removed output in the output tray. Open the side cover. 1 Remove the staple cartridge from the staple unit. 2 Lock the staple unit. Push the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 772
TROUBLESHOOTING Push down knob (B). 6 (B) Load new staple cartridges. Remove the cover from each staple cartridge and then install the cartridge. 7 Close the side cover. 8 Make a test print or copy using the saddle stitch function to verify that stapling takes place correctly. 8-14 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 773
too light or too dark 8-17 • Part of the image is cut off 8-17 • Copies come out blank 8-17 • If you cannot find the item that you are looking for in the above table of contents, see "GENERAL PROBLEMS" (page 8-37). • If you are unable to solve a problem using the solutions in this manual, switch - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 774
. ➞ System Settings > "Paper Tray Settings" > "Tray Settings" > "Change" Are you using a special size or type of paper? For the paper types and sizes that can be used for two-sided copying, see "SPECIFICATIONS" in the Safety Guide. Are you copying using settings that do not allow two-sided - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 775
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO COPY RESULTS Problem The image is too light or too dark. Part of the image is cut off. Copies come out blank. Point to check Is the image too light or too dark? Has an appropriate exposure mode for the original type been selected? Has an appropriate ratio been - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 776
20 • Direct printing of a file in a shared folder on a computer is not possible 8-20 • A tray, finisher, or other peripheral device installed on the machine cannot be used 8-20 PROBLEMS RELATED TO PRINT RESULTS • The image is grainy 8-21 • The image is too light or too dark 8-21 • Text and lines - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 777
setting in the printer driver. ➞ System Settings > "List Print (User)" > "All Custom Setting List" ☞ Software Setup Guide If the IP address changes frequently, it is recommended that a permanent IP address be assigned to the machine. ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Network Settings" When a port - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 778
? Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Is "IPsec Settings" enabled on the machine? Have the peripheral devices that are installed on the machine been configured in the printer driver? Solution A Notice Page will be printed to indicate the cause of the problem if a print job cannot be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 779
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO PRINT RESULTS Problem The image is grainy. The image is too light or too dark. Text and lines are faint and difficult to see. Part of the image is cut off. Point to check Are the printer driver the printer driver. Windows: On the [Paper] tab of the printer driver - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 780
: On the [Main] tab of the printer driver. Macintosh: In the [Layout] menu of the print window. (In Mac OS 9.0 to 9.2.2, in [Output/Document Style].) If little free space remains in the memory or hard drive of your computer, or many jobs have been spooled on the machine and it has little free memory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 781
TROUBLESHOOTING FACSIMILE PROBLEMS RELATED TO TRANSMISSION • Transmission does not take place 8-24 • The transmitted fax prints out blank at the receiving side 8-25 • The transmitted fax is reduced by the receiving fax machine 8-25 • Transmission does not begin at the specified time 8-26 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 782
the [Stop/Delete] key. The machine supports error correction mode (ECM) and is configured to automatically resend any part of a fax that is distorted due to noise on the line. ➞ System Settings (Administrator) > "Image Send Settings" > "Fax Settings" > "Fax Default Settings" > "ECM" If the memory - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 783
size is detected during scanning. Following the instructions in the display, unfold the original, place it in the automatic document feeder again, and rescan. Check with the operator of the other machine to make sure that the sub-address and passcode are correct. When user authentication is enabled - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 784
Problem Printing does not take place after reception. Manual reception / polling reception are not possible. The received image is faint. Point to check Does a message appear in the display instructing you to add toner or paper? (Printing is not possible when this screen appears.) Does a password - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 785
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem The machine does not begin fax reception. Point to check Has the reception mode been set to "Manual Reception" in the system settings? Is little free memory remaining? Solution When the reception mode is set to "Manual Reception", the machine will not receive faxes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 786
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO ONE-TOUCH INDIVIDUAL KEYS / GROUP KEYS Problem A one-touch individual key or group key cannot be stored. Point to check Has the maximum number of keys been stored? Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Solution Delete one-touch keys and group keys - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 787
TROUBLESHOOTING SCANNING / INTERNET FAX PROBLEMS RELATED TO SCANNING / INTERNET FAX OPERATION • Transmission does not take place 8-29 • An address cannot be specified 8-30 • Mode cannot be selected 8-30 • The received image file cannot be opened 8-30 • Transmission takes a long time 8-31 • A - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 788
Network Folder.) Is "IPsec Settings" enabled on the machine? (When using Scan to Network Folder.) Did you place a long size original on the document glass when it is scanned? Did you place an original that is folded? Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Solution If your administrator - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 789
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Transmission takes a long time. A destination is pre-selected. Cannot write to USB memory. (When using USB Memory Scan.) Point to check Is the resolution setting appropriate at the time of scanning? Is "Default Address Setting" enabled in the system settings (administrator - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 790
TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEMS RELATED TO SCAN RESULTS Problem The scanned image is clipped. The quality of the scanned image is poor. The scanned image is blank. The scanned image is upside down or on its side. The scanned image is black and white. Point to check Is the original scan size setting - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 791
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem JPEG was selected for the file type but the file was created as a TIFF file. The image is too light or too dark. (When using PC Scan.) Point to check Is the color mode set to [Mono2]? Is the threshold value suitable? Are the brightness and contrast settings suitable? - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 792
may have been disabled in the system settings (administrator). Check with your administrator. Has your administrator enabled a function that prevents editing/deleting? If your administrator has enabled "Default Address Setting" (on the machine) or "Inbound Routing Settings" (in the Web pages - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 793
changed 8-36 • A custom folder name cannot be stored or changed 8-36 • A file name is cut off 8-36 • If you cannot find the item that you are looking for in the above table of contents, see "GENERAL PROBLEMS" (page 8-37). • If you are unable to solve a problem using the solutions in this manual - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 794
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem A job cannot be stored in a custom folder. Point to check Do custom folders appear in "Folder Information"? (When printing) Does the custom folder have a password? Solution Click the [Get Folder Name] button in the document filing save screen of the printer driver to call - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 795
8-41 PROBLEMS RELATED TO QUALITY / PRINT RESULTS • Lines appear in the scanned image 8-41 • Smudges appear on printed output 8-42 • Toner does not 8-45 • You forgot the administrator password 8-45 If you are unable to solve a problem using the solutions in this manual, switch off the [POWER] key - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 796
If you do not know your user information, contact your administrator.) Auto Login failed due to a problem on the network. Contact your administrator. If you are the administrator, touch the [Admin Password] key, log in as an administrator, and temporarily change the auto login settings in the system - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 797
or nearest SHARP Service Department, inform them of the displayed error code.) Add paper as instructed by the message in the touch panel. When toner runs low, a message will appear to inform you that the toner cartridge must be replaced. To replace the toner cartridge, see "MAINTENANCE" (page 1-60 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 798
well before loading it. Are you using paper that is not within the specifications? Use SHARP-recommended paper. Using paper that is not supported may result in misfeeds, creases, or smudges. ☞ "SUPPLIES" in the Safety Guide For paper that is prohibited or not recommended, see "USEABLE PAPER" (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 799
the width of the paper. Adjust the original guides to the width of the paper. Some functions may have been disabled in the system settings (administrator). Check with your administrator. PROBLEMS RELATED TO QUALITY / PRINT RESULTS Problem Lines appear in the scanned image. Point to check Are the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 800
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Smudges appear on printed output. Point to check Are you using paper that is not within the specifications? Solution Use SHARP-recommended paper. Using paper that is for other models or special paper that is not supported may result in misfeeds, creases, or smudges. ☞ " - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 801
for service. Code:xx-xx* Please check the power of the finisher." *Letters and numbers appear in xx-xx. Have functions been disabled by the administrator? Does a message appear instructing you to check the staple unit? Solution Ask your dealer if the device is compatible with the machine. Use "USB - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 802
TROUBLESHOOTING Problem Stapling does not take place (including pamphlet stapling). Punching does not take place. Point to check Does a message appear instructing you to add staples? Is a different width of paper mixed in? Are there more sheets than can be stapled at once? Is a paper size that - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 803
Settings" > "Other Settings" > "Auto Clear Setting" Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. For the factory default administrator password, see "TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE" in the Safety Guide. After changing the password, take special care to remember it. 8-45 Contents - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 804
Operation Guide MODEL: MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 1 Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07495-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 MXM503N-US-Z1 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 805
MODEL: MX-M283N MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N DIGITAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL SYSTEM Software Setup Guide BEFORE INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE SETUP IN A WINDOWS ENVIRONMENT SETUP IN A MACINTOSH ENVIRONMENT TROUBLESHOOTING Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 806
for Windows Vista® in Windows® environments, and Mac OS X v10.4 in Macintosh environments. The screens may vary depending on the version of the operating system. • Wherever "MX-xxxx" appears in this manual, please substitute your model name for "xxxx". • This manual contains references to the fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 807
(FOR ALL SOFTWARE 8 INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 9 • WHEN THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED TO A NETWORK 9 • WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB CABLE 16 • USING THE MACHINE AS A SHARED PRINTER 20 • USING THE STANDARD WINDOWS PS PRINTER DRIVER (Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0) . . . 21 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 808
driver supports the PostScript 3 page description language developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated. - PPD driver The PPD driver enables the machine to use the standard Windows PS printer driver. ☞ WHEN THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED TO A NETWORK (page 9) ☞ WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 809
OS X (page 33) ☞ MAC OS 9.0 - 9.2.2 (page 38) • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the machine as a printer in a Macintosh environment. In addition, the machine must be connected to a network. A USB connection cannot be used. • The scanner driver and PC-Fax driver cannot be used in a Macintosh - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 810
need to reinstall the PC-Fax driver.) ☞ INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER (page 9) X "Sharpdesk/Network Scanner Utilities" CD-ROM (for Windows) This contains software that helps you get the most out of the images that you scan on the machine. The software includes "Sharpdesk", a desktop - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 811
be used when the machine is connected with a USB cable. The PC-Fax driver and scanner driver cannot be used. • For users of Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 The CD-ROM does not include software for Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0. Contact your dealer or nearest authorized service representative if you want software - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 812
software described in this manual. Operating system environment*1 Windows Macintosh Software PCL6 printer driver, PCL5e printer driver PS printer driver, PPD driver PC-Fax driver*2 Scanner driver Printer Status Monitor Printer Administration Utility Macintosh PPD file Required expansion kits Can - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 813
environment, the IP address of the machine may change. If this happens, printing will not be possible. This problem can be avoided by using a WINS server or by assigning a permanent IP address to the machine. • This manual explains how to set up the software in a Windows network environment and in - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 814
page below for the software that you are installing. INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER • WHEN THE MACHINE IS CONNECTED TO A NETWORK* - Standard installation: page 9 - Installation by specifying the machine's address: page 12 - Printing using the IPP function and the SSL function - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 815
PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected to a Windows network (TCP/IP network). Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 816
kit is required to use the PS printer driver or the PPD driver. • The [PPD] checkbox only appears if you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server 2008. • If the machine is not found, make sure that the machine is powered on and that the machine is connected to the network, and then - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 817
"INSTALLING THE PS DISPLAY FONTS" (page 28). • If you are using the machine as a shared printer, see "USING THE MACHINE AS A SHARED PRINTER" (page 20) to install the printer driver on each of the client computers. 7 Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 818
THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER X Installation by specifying the machine's address When the machine cannot be found because it is not powered on or otherwise, installation is possible by entering the name (host name) or IP address of the machine. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 819
Follow the on-screen instructions. Read the message in the window that appears and click the [Next] button. Installation begins. • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver or the PPD - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 820
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER X Printing using the IPP function and the SSL function The IPP function can be used to print to the machine over a network using HTTP protocol. When the machine is in a remote location, this function can be used in place of the fax function to print a - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 821
THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER 5 Enter the machine's URL and click the [Next] button. Enter the URL in the following format: Normal format: http:// - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 822
INSTALLING THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER WHEN THE MACHINE WILL BE CONNECTED WITH A USB CABLE Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. • Make sure that a USB cable is not connected to your - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 823
purchase a shielded USB cable. 8 Installation of the PCL6 printer driver begins. When the "Found New Hardware Wizard" appears, select [Install the software automatically (Recommended)], click the [Next] button, and follow the on-screen instructions. • If you are using Windows Vista/Server 2008 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 824
a checkmark ( ) appears. 18 • When the PC-Fax driver is being installed, this screen does not appear. Go to the next step. • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the PS printer driver or the PPD driver. • The [PPD] checkbox only appears if you are using Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 825
used by the PCL6 printer driver. The port used by the printer driver of the machine is indicated by a checkmark on the [Ports] tab of the printer driver properties window. (In Windows 98/Me, this is the port selected in [Print to the following port] on the [Details] tab.) ☞ CHANGING THE PORT (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 826
are going to use the machine as a shared printer on a Windows network with the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver installed on a print server, follow the steps below to install the printer driver or the PC-Fax driver on the client computers. • Ask your network administrator for the server name and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 827
THE PRINTER DRIVER / PC-FAX DRIVER USING THE STANDARD WINDOWS PS PRINTER DRIVER (Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0) If the PS3 expansion kit is installed on the machine and you wish to use the standard Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0 PS printer driver, follow the steps below to install the PPD driver using the Add Printer - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 828
configured based on the detected machine status. 2 Open the printer properties window. (1) Right-click the printer driver icon of the machine. (2) Select [Properties]. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, you must configure the options manually as explained in "If automatic - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 829
. If a user type name (1 to 7) was changed, enter the changed name. Set Tandem Print*: Enter the setting (the IP address of the slave machine) in "Tandem Connection Setting" in the system settings (administrator) of the machine. * "Set Tandem Print" can only be configured when the printer driver is - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 830
on the machine. (1) If [Printers and Faxes] does not appear in the [start] menu in Windows XP, click the [start] button, click [Control Panel], click [Printers and Other Hardware], and then click [Printers and Faxes]. 2 Open the printer properties window. (1) Right-click the printer driver icon of - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 831
in the following situations: • When the machine is connected by a USB cable. • When printing to the machine using the IPP function. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/NT 4.0*/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required to install the software. When the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 832
driver (TWAIN driver) can only be used when the machine is connected to a network. When the scanner driver is installed, PC scan mode of the image send function can be used. Supported operating systems: Windows 98/Me/2000*/XP*/Server 2003*/Vista*/Server 2008* * Administrator's rights are required - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 833
to ask your system administrator (network administrator) for the IP address of the machine. • The name (host name) or IP address of the machine can be directly entered in "Address". • If the port number used by the scanner function of the machine has been changed, enter a colon ":" following the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 834
printer driver. 1 Insert the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit into your computer's CD-ROM drive. 6 Click the [PS Display Font] button. 2 Click the [Start] button ( ), click [Computer], and then double-click the [CD-ROM] icon ( ). • In Windows XP/Server 2003, click - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 835
PORT When using the machine in a Windows environment, follow the steps below to change the port when you have changed the IP address of the machine or have installed the PC-Fax driver when the machine is connected with a USB cable. If the machine is being used on an IPv6 network, follow the steps - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 836
added. If you need to change the printer port when the machine is connected to an intranet or a wide area network (WAN) using the IPP function, select [SC-Print2005 Port], click the [New Port] button (the [OK] button in Windows 98/Me), and follow the on-screen instructions to create the port again - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 837
Follow steps 1 to 3 of "CHANGING THE PORT" (page 29). 5 Select [Custom] and click the [Settings] button. 2 Select [Standard TCP/IP Port] and then click the [New Port] button. 3 Click the [Next] button. 4 Enter the machine's IPv6 address in [Printer Name or IP Address] and click the [Next] button - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 838
CHANGING THE PORT 7 Click the [Next] button in the screen of step 5. 8 Click the [Finish] button. 9 Click the [Close] button in the screen of step 2. When using a port created with "Standard TCP/IP Port" When using a port created using "Standard TCP/IP Port" in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/ - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 839
v10.3.9, v10.4.11, v10.5 - 10.5.5) ☞ MAC OS 9.0 - 9.2.2: page 38 • The PS3 expansion kit is required to use the machine as a printer in a Macintosh environment. In addition, the machine must be connected to a network. A USB connection cannot be used. • The scanner driver and PC-Fax driver cannot be - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 840
the [Utilities] folder and then double-click the [Print Center] icon. If this is the first time you are installing a printer driver on your computer, a confirmation message will appear. Click the [Add] button. 13 Click [Add]. If the "Authenticate" window appears, enter the password and click the - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 841
37) to configure the printer driver settings. v10.4.11, v10.5 - 10.5.5 v10.2.8, v10.3.9 (1) (1) (2) (2) (3) (4) (1) Click the [Default Browser] icon. • If multiple AppleTalk zones are displayed, select the zone that includes the printer from the menu. • If you are using Mac OS X v10.5 to 10 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 842
's name. If you are using Mac OS X v10.5 to 10.5.5, click the [Options & Supplies] button, click the [Driver] tab and go to step 16. (2) Click [Show Info]. If you are using Mac OS X v10.2.8, select [Show Info] from the [Printers] menu. 16 Select the machine configuration. If you selected [Auto - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 843
you are using Mac OS X v10.2.8, enter the address of the machine (IP address or domain name) in "Printer's Address". • Enter "ipp" in "Queue Name". (3) Select [Sharp] in "Printer Model" and click the PPD file of your model. (4) Click the [Add] button. ☞ Checking the IP address of the machine (page - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 844
the zone that includes the printer. (2) Click the machine's model name. The machine's model name usually appears as [SCxxxxxx]. ("xxxxxx" is a sequence of characters that varies depending on your model.) (3) Click the [Create] button. 6 The License Agreement window will appear. Make sure that - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 845
driver. Installing the screen fonts The screen fonts for Mac OS 9.0 - 9.2.2 are contained in the [Font] folder of the "PRINTER UTILITIES" CD-ROM that accompanies the PS3 expansion kit. Copy the fonts that you wish to install to the [System Folder] of the startup disk. If you experience problems - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 846
(USB connection in Windows 41 • The printer driver is not installed correctly by plug and play (USB connection in Windows 42 • The printer driver cannot be installed (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003 42 Problem The software cannot be installed. The machine is not detected (when connected to a network - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 847
Problem The machine is not detected (when connected to a network). The plug and play screen does not appear (USB connection in Windows). WHEN INSTALLATION WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL Point to check Is the machine power on? Is your computer connected correctly to the machine? Is the machine power on? Can - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 848
WHEN INSTALLATION WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL Problem The printer driver is not installed correctly by plug and play (USB connection in Windows). Point to check Did you connect the machine to your computer before installing the printer driver? Solution In Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista/Server 2008, if - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 849
see the manual for the operating system or Help. 4 Restart your computer. 1 Delete the printer that uses the machine's PPD file from the printer list. To show the printer list, see step 11 and 12 of "MAC OS X" (page 33). 2 Delete the PPD file. The PPD file has been copied to the following folder on - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 850
- Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 851
- Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 852
This manual has been printed using a vegetable-based soy oil ink to help protect the environment. PRINTED IN CHINA 2009B KS1 TINSE4370FCZZ MX-M283N/M363N/M453N/M503N Software Setup Guide - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 853
Safety Guide Before installing this product, be sure to read the "CAUTIONS" and "INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS" sections. MODEL: MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N Keep this manual close at hand for reference whenever needed. CAUTIONS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SUPPLIES SPECIFICATIONS TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 854
26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. FAX interface cable and Line cable: These Sharp Printer Service Department Number Notice for Users in U.S.A. EMC (this machine and peripheral devices) WARNING: FCC Regulations state that any unauthorized changes with the instruction manual, may cause - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 855
(for saddle stitch finisher 16 Printer specifications 17 Network scanner / Internet Fax specifications . . . 18 Pull scan function (TWAIN) specifications 19 Facsimile specifications 20 TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE . . 22 Factory default passwords 22 Forwarding all transmitted and - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 856
need for caution. The specific matter that requires caution is indicated inside the machine. Using an improper power supply may cause fire or electrical shock. *For the power supply requirements, Contact your dealer or nearest SHARP Service Department. Using the machine in this condition may result - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 857
waste toner box into a fire. Toner may fly and cause burns. When the machine is installed, the adjusters (4) must be lowered to the floor to secure the machine (prevent it from moving). Rotate the adjusters in the locking direction until they are in firm contact with the floor. If you find it - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 858
Output power 790 nm ± 10 nm MX-M363N: 6.1 µs ± 8.3 ns /7 mm MX-M453N/MX-M503N: 4.8 µs ± 6.4 ns /7 1 and complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 of the CDRH standards. This means that the equipment PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL SHARP DEALER OR AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE FOR ASSISTANCE IN - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 859
sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicing and proper ventilation. (The machine should be no closer than the distances indicated below from walls. The indicated distances are for the case when a saddle finisher and large capacity paper tray are not installed.) 11-13/16" (30cm - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 860
can replaced by the user include paper, toner cartridges, and staple cartridges for the finisher. Be sure to use only SHARP-specified products for the toner cartridges, finisher staple cartridge, saddle stitch finisher staple cartridge, and transparency film. For best copying results, be sure to - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 861
(factory default values), 600 x 400 dpi, (MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N) 600 x 600 dpi Printing resolution 1200 x 1200 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi Scanning gradation 256 levels Printing gradation Equivalent to 256 levels Original sizes / types Max. 11" x 17" (A3) / sheets, bound documents Copy sizes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 862
only Type B connector supports USB 2.0 (Hi speed) Required power supply AC 120 V ±10% 60 Hz Power consumption 1.44kW Typical electricity consumption MX-M363N: 4.41 kWh/week MX-M453N: 4.60 kWh/week MX-M503N: 4.99 kWh/week Dimensions 25-25/64" (W) x 27-3/8" (D) x 36-51/64" (H) (645 mm (W) x 695 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 863
SPECIFICATIONS Continuous copying speeds* Model MX-M363N MX-M453N MX-M503N Copy ratio 100% / Reduce / Enlarged 11" x 17", A3, 8K 17 copies/min. 20 copies/min. 22 copies/min. 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13-2/5", 8-1/2" x 13", B4 20 copies/min. 23 copies/min. 25 copies/min. - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 864
18 mg/h or less 2.0 mg/h or less Automatic document feeder specifications MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N Original sizes Original weight Capacity 11" x 17" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", A3 to A5, long paper (max. width 11-5/8" (297 mm) x max. length 39-23/64"*1 (1000 mm)) One-sided 9 lbs. to 32 lbs. (35 g/m2 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 865
Exit tray unit (right tray) specifications Model MX-TRX2 Output method Face-down output Output capacity* 100 sheets (using SHARP-recommended 8-1/2" x 11" or A4 paper) Dimensions When tray is folded up: 12-23/64" (W) x 15-61/64" (D) x 2-3/64" (H) (314 mm (W) x 405 mm (D) x 52 mm - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 866
capacity tray specifications* Model MX-LCX1 Paper sizes 8-1/2" x 11", A4 (paper size change must be performed by a service technician) Paper weight Plain paper (16 lbs. to 28 lbs. (60 g/m2 to 105 g/m2)) Paper capacity 3500 sheets (21 lbs. (80 g/m2)) Paper types SHARP-recommended plain - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 867
, 8K) Stapling*5: 30 sets or 500 sheets*3 (8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, A4, A4R, B5, 16K, 16KR) 30 sets or 250 sheets*4 (11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13-2/5", 8-1/2" x 13", A3, B4, 8K) Power supply Supplied from the machine Dimensions 25-3/16" (W) x 23-27/64" (D) x 8-5/64 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 868
, B4, A4R, 8K) Stapling*4: 100 sets or 1550 sheets (8-1/2" x 11", A4, B5, 16K) 50 sets or 650 sheets (11" x 17", 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2" x 13-1/2", 8-1/2" x 13-2/5", 8-1/2" x 13", 8-1/2" x 11"R, A3, B4, A4R, 8K) Power supply Supplied from the machine Dimensions 25-25/64" (W) x 25-25/64" (D) x 43-19 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 869
g/m2) x 1 sheet) / 10 sets stitch stapling / Number of sets (11 to 15 sheets), 15 sets (6 to 10 sheets), 20 sets (1 to 5 sheets) *1 Paper pass unit and stand/1x500 sheet paper drawer or stand/2x500 sheet paper drawer are required to connect the saddle stitch finisher to the machine. *2 The maximum - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 870
56 g/m2 to 128 g/m2) Power supply Supplied from finisher Dimensions 4-9/64" (W) x 20-25/64" (D) x 6-45/64" (H) (105 mm (W) x 518 mm (D) x 170 mm (H)) Weight Approx. 7.7 lbs. (3.5 kg) Punch module specifications (for finisher (large stacker)) Model MX-PNX6B Hole punching 3 holes or 2 holes - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 871
of 11/64" (4.2 mm) at each edge. The actual print area may vary depending on the printer driver and the software application. *1 When the PS3 expansion kit is installed and the machine is used as a PostScript printer. *2 Barcode font kit is required. *3 Supported operating systems are Windows 2000 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 872
Scan destinations Scan to E-mail / Scan to FTP / Scan to Desktop / Scan to Network Folder *1 Internet fax expansion kit is required. *2 Enhanced compression kit is required. *3 Total number of all destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, Scan to Network folder, Internet Fax, Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 873
SPECIFICATIONS Pull scan function (TWAIN) specifications Supported protocol Supported client PC operating systems Color modes Resolution settings Scanning area TCP/IP (IPv4) Windows 98 / Me / 2000 / resolution is specified, it is necessary to reduce the scanning area.) Maximum: 11" x 17" (A3) 19 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 874
Yes Program function Yes (48 programs) F-code transmission Supported (SUB/SEP (sub-address) and SID/PWD (passcode) signals can machine type, and telephone line conditions. *2 Total number of all destinations (Scan to E-mail, Scan to FTP, Scan to Desktop, Scan to Network folder, Internet Fax, Fax - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 875
Contact at: ✂ Information that the administrator of the machine requires is printed on the back of this page. (Separate this page from the manual and keep it in a safe place. In addition, fill in the name of the administrator and the administrator's contact information in the left hand margin.) 21 - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 876
default account users admin Factory default password users admin Forwarding all transmitted and received data to the administrator (document administration function) This function is used to forward all data transmitted and received by the machine to a specified destination (Scan to E-mail address - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 877
-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your FAX machine, you should complete the following steps: See "Own Name and Destination Set" on page 7-77 of Operation Guide. Important safety instructions • If any of your telephone equipment is not operating properly, you - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 878
service. If the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, your telephone company may ask you to disconnect the equipment until the problem is resolved. If you have any questions or problems which cannot be solved by reading this manual, please contact. Sharp Electronics Corporation 1 Sharp - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 879
THE MACHINE NOTICE for users in the USA BE SURE TO ASK YOUR AUTHORIZED SHARP DEALER ABOUT THE WARRANTY THAT YOUR SELLING DEALER EXTENDS TO YOU. In order to assure you, the end-user, of warranty protection, Sharp extends a limited warranty to each of its authorized dealers and, in turn, requires each - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 880
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE NOTICE FOR USERS IN CANADA "NOTICE : This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications." "NOTICE : est indiqué sur le kit d'extension télécopieur. Sharp Electronics of Canada Ltd. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 Canada - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 881
TO THE ADMINISTRATOR OF THE MACHINE Trademark acknowledgments The following trademarks and registered trademarks are used in conjunction with the machine and its peripheral devices and accessories. • Microsoft®, Windows®, Windows® 98, Windows® Me, Windows NT® 4.0, Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows - Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 882
- Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 883
- Sharp MX-M363N | MXM363N|MXM453N|MXM503N Operation Manual - Page 884
MX-M363N/MX-M453N/MX-M503N Safety Guide SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 1 Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, New Jersey 07495-1163. www.sharpusa.com SHARP ELECTRONICS OF CANADA LTD. 335 Britannia Road East, Mississauga, Ontario, L4Z 1W9 This manual has been printed using a vegetable-based soy oil ink to help
-
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -
5 -
6 -
7 -
8
-
9
-
10
-
11
-
12
-
13
-
14
-
15
-
16
-
17
-
18
-
19
-
20
-
21
-
22
-
23
-
24
-
25
-
26
-
27
-
28
-
29
-
30
-
31
-
32
-
33
-
34
-
35
-
36
-
37
-
38
-
39
-
40
-
41
-
42
-
43
-
44
-
45
-
46
-
47
-
48
-
49
-
50
-
51
-
52
-
53
-
54
-
55
-
56
-
57
-
58
-
59
-
60
-
61
-
62
-
63
-
64
-
65
-
66
-
67
-
68
-
69
-
70
-
71
-
72
-
73
-
74
-
75
-
76
-
77
-
78
-
79
-
80
-
81
-
82
-
83
-
84
-
85
-
86
-
87
-
88
-
89
-
90
-
91
-
92
-
93
-
94
-
95
-
96
-
97
-
98
-
99
-
100
-
101
-
102
-
103
-
104
-
105
-
106
-
107
-
108
-
109
-
110
-
111
-
112
-
113
-
114
-
115
-
116
-
117
-
118
-
119
-
120
-
121
-
122
-
123
-
124
-
125
-
126
-
127
-
128
-
129
-
130
-
131
-
132
-
133
-
134
-
135
-
136
-
137
-
138
-
139
-
140
-
141
-
142
-
143
-
144
-
145
-
146
-
147
-
148
-
149
-
150
-
151
-
152
-
153
-
154
-
155
-
156
-
157
-
158
-
159
-
160
-
161
-
162
-
163
-
164
-
165
-
166
-
167
-
168
-
169
-
170
-
171
-
172
-
173
-
174
-
175
-
176
-
177
-
178
-
179
-
180
-
181
-
182
-
183
-
184
-
185
-
186
-
187
-
188
-
189
-
190
-
191
-
192
-
193
-
194
-
195
-
196
-
197
-
198
-
199
-
200
-
201
-
202
-
203
-
204
-
205
-
206
-
207
-
208
-
209
-
210
-
211
-
212
-
213
-
214
-
215
-
216
-
217
-
218
-
219
-
220
-
221
-
222
-
223
-
224
-
225
-
226
-
227
-
228
-
229
-
230
-
231
-
232
-
233
-
234
-
235
-
236
-
237
-
238
-
239
-
240
-
241
-
242
-
243
-
244
-
245
-
246
-
247
-
248
-
249
-
250
-
251
-
252
-
253
-
254
-
255
-
256
-
257
-
258
-
259
-
260
-
261
-
262
-
263
-
264
-
265
-
266
-
267
-
268
-
269
-
270
-
271
-
272
-
273
-
274
-
275
-
276
-
277
-
278
-
279
-
280
-
281
-
282
-
283
-
284
-
285
-
286
-
287
-
288
-
289
-
290
-
291
-
292
-
293
-
294
-
295
-
296
-
297
-
298
-
299
-
300
-
301
-
302
-
303
-
304
-
305
-
306
-
307
-
308
-
309
-
310
-
311
-
312
-
313
-
314
-
315
-
316
-
317
-
318
-
319
-
320
-
321
-
322
-
323
-
324
-
325
-
326
-
327
-
328
-
329
-
330
-
331
-
332
-
333
-
334
-
335
-
336
-
337
-
338
-
339
-
340
-
341
-
342
-
343
-
344
-
345
-
346
-
347
-
348
-
349
-
350
-
351
-
352
-
353
-
354
-
355
-
356
-
357
-
358
-
359
-
360
-
361
-
362
-
363
-
364
-
365
-
366
-
367
-
368
-
369
-
370
-
371
-
372
-
373
-
374
-
375
-
376
-
377
-
378
-
379
-
380
-
381
-
382
-
383
-
384
-
385
-
386
-
387
-
388
-
389
-
390
-
391
-
392
-
393
-
394
-
395
-
396
-
397
-
398
-
399
-
400
-
401
-
402
-
403
-
404
-
405
-
406
-
407
-
408
-
409
-
410
-
411
-
412
-
413
-
414
-
415
-
416
-
417
-
418
-
419
-
420
-
421
-
422
-
423
-
424
-
425
-
426
-
427
-
428
-
429
-
430
-
431
-
432
-
433
-
434
-
435
-
436
-
437
-
438
-
439
-
440
-
441
-
442
-
443
-
444
-
445
-
446
-
447
-
448
-
449
-
450
-
451
-
452
-
453
-
454
-
455
-
456
-
457
-
458
-
459
-
460
-
461
-
462
-
463
-
464
-
465
-
466
-
467
-
468
-
469
-
470
-
471
-
472
-
473
-
474
-
475
-
476
-
477
-
478
-
479
-
480
-
481
-
482
-
483
-
484
-
485
-
486
-
487
-
488
-
489
-
490
-
491
-
492
-
493
-
494
-
495
-
496
-
497
-
498
-
499
-
500
-
501
-
502
-
503
-
504
-
505
-
506
-
507
-
508
-
509
-
510
-
511
-
512
-
513
-
514
-
515
-
516
-
517
-
518
-
519
-
520
-
521
-
522
-
523
-
524
-
525
-
526
-
527
-
528
-
529
-
530
-
531
-
532
-
533
-
534
-
535
-
536
-
537
-
538
-
539
-
540
-
541
-
542
-
543
-
544
-
545
-
546
-
547
-
548
-
549
-
550
-
551
-
552
-
553
-
554
-
555
-
556
-
557
-
558
-
559
-
560
-
561
-
562
-
563
-
564
-
565
-
566
-
567
-
568
-
569
-
570
-
571
-
572
-
573
-
574
-
575
-
576
-
577
-
578
-
579
-
580
-
581
-
582
-
583
-
584
-
585
-
586
-
587
-
588
-
589
-
590
-
591
-
592
-
593
-
594
-
595
-
596
-
597
-
598
-
599
-
600
-
601
-
602
-
603
-
604
-
605
-
606
-
607
-
608
-
609
-
610
-
611
-
612
-
613
-
614
-
615
-
616
-
617
-
618
-
619
-
620
-
621
-
622
-
623
-
624
-
625
-
626
-
627
-
628
-
629
-
630
-
631
-
632
-
633
-
634
-
635
-
636
-
637
-
638
-
639
-
640
-
641
-
642
-
643
-
644
-
645
-
646
-
647
-
648
-
649
-
650
-
651
-
652
-
653
-
654
-
655
-
656
-
657
-
658
-
659
-
660
-
661
-
662
-
663
-
664
-
665
-
666
-
667
-
668
-
669
-
670
-
671
-
672
-
673
-
674
-
675
-
676
-
677
-
678
-
679
-
680
-
681
-
682
-
683
-
684
-
685
-
686
-
687
-
688
-
689
-
690
-
691
-
692
-
693
-
694
-
695
-
696
-
697
-
698
-
699
-
700
-
701
-
702
-
703
-
704
-
705
-
706
-
707
-
708
-
709
-
710
-
711
-
712
-
713
-
714
-
715
-
716
-
717
-
718
-
719
-
720
-
721
-
722
-
723
-
724
-
725
-
726
-
727
-
728
-
729
-
730
-
731
-
732
-
733
-
734
-
735
-
736
-
737
-
738
-
739
-
740
-
741
-
742
-
743
-
744
-
745
-
746
-
747
-
748
-
749
-
750
-
751
-
752
-
753
-
754
-
755
-
756
-
757
-
758
-
759
-
760
-
761
-
762
-
763
-
764
-
765
-
766
-
767
-
768
-
769
-
770
-
771
-
772
-
773
-
774
-
775
-
776
-
777
-
778
-
779
-
780
-
781
-
782
-
783
-
784
-
785
-
786
-
787
-
788
-
789
-
790
-
791
-
792
-
793
-
794
-
795
-
796
-
797
-
798
-
799
-
800
-
801
-
802
-
803
-
804
-
805
-
806
-
807
-
808
-
809
-
810
-
811
-
812
-
813
-
814
-
815
-
816
-
817
-
818
-
819
-
820
-
821
-
822
-
823
-
824
-
825
-
826
-
827
-
828
-
829
-
830
-
831
-
832
-
833
-
834
-
835
-
836
-
837
-
838
-
839
-
840
-
841
-
842
-
843
-
844
-
845
-
846
-
847
-
848
-
849
-
850
-
851
-
852
-
853
-
854
-
855
-
856
-
857
-
858
-
859
-
860
-
861
-
862
-
863
-
864
-
865
-
866
-
867
-
868
-
869
-
870
-
871
-
872
-
873
-
874
-
875
-
876
-
877
-
878
-
879
-
880
-
881
-
882
-
883
-
884
 |
 |
COPIER
PRINTER
FACSIMILE
SCANNER / INTERNET FAX
DOCUMENT FILING
TROUBLESHOOTING
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE
SYSTEM SETTINGS
About Operation Guide
MAKE A COPY
PRINT A DOCUMENT
SEND A FAX
SCAN AN IMAGE /
SEND AN INTERNET FAX
SAVE A JOB AND
REUSE IT LATER
MAINTAIN
THE MACHINE
Search based on
what you want to do
Search based on
what you want to do
Search using the
table of contents
Search using the
table of contents
OPERATION GUIDE